SERVICE MANUALPLAIN PAPER COPIER
AUTOMATIC DUPLEXING UNIT MD-5002
2060/2860/70
Click the Page Only button to close the overview area of the window.
Click the Bookmarks and Page button to open the Contents anddisplay bookmarks created for the document. Click a bookmark’s nameto go to the Page marked by that bookmark.
Click the Thumbnails and Page button to open the overview area anddisplay thumbnail images of each document page. Click a thumbnail togo to the page marked by that thumbnail.
Copyright TOSHIBA CORPORATION 1995ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
GENERAL PRECAUTIONS REGARDING THE INSTALLATIONAND SERVICE FOR THE COPIER 2060, 2860/70 AND THEAUTOMATIC DUPLEXING UNIT MD-5002
1. Transportation/Installation
• When transporting/installing the copier, use two persons and be sure to use the positions as indi-
cated below.
The copier is fairly heavy and weighs approximately 73 kg (161 lb), therefore pay full attention
when handling it. (2870: 84 kg)
4 portions
2. Installation
• Be sure to use a dedicated outlet with AC 115V/15A (220V, 240V/10A) or more for its power
source.
• The copier must be grounded for safety.
Never ground it to a gas pipe or a water pipe.
• Select a suitable place for installation.
Avoid excessive heat, high humidity, dust, vibration and direct sunlight.
• Also provide proper ventilation as the copier emits a slight amount of ozone.
• To insure adequate working space for the copying operation, keep a minimum clearance of 80 cm
(32”) on the left, 80 cm (32”) on the right and 10 cm (4”) in the rear.
3. Service of Machines
• Basically, be sure to turn the main switch off and unplug the power cord during service.
• Be sure not to touch high-temperature sections such as the exposure lamp, the fuser unit, the
damp heater and their periphery.
• Be sure not to touch high-voltage sections such as the chargers and the high-voltage transformer.
• Be sure not to touch rotating/operating sections such as gears, belts, pulleys, etc.
• When servicing the machines with the main switch turned on, be sure not to touch live sections
such as the lamp terminal, etc.
• Use suitable measuring instruments and tools.
4. Main Service Parts for Safety
• The breaker, door switch, fuse, thermostat, thermofuse, thermistor, etc. are particularly important
for safety. Be sure to handle/install them properly.
5. Notice Labels
• Be sure to check the rating plate and the cautionary labels such as “Unplug the power cord during
service”, “Hot area” etc. to see if there is any dirt on their surface or if they are properly stuck to the
copier during servicing.
6. Disposition of Consumable Parts/Packing Materials
• Regarding the recovery and disposal of the copier, supplies, consumable parts and packing mate-
rials, it is recommended to follow the relevant local regulations or rules.
7. When parts are disassembled, reassembly is basically the reverse of disassembly unless
otherwise noted in this manual or other related documents. Be careful not to reassemble
small parts such as screws, washers, pins, E-rings, toothed washers in the wrong places.
8. Basically, the machine should not be operated with any parts removed or disassembled.
9. Precautions Against Static Electricity
• The PC board must be stored in an anti-electrostatic bag and handled carefully using a wristband,
because the ICs on it may become damaged due to static electricity.
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 1 - 1 2060, 2860/70 SPECIFICATIONS
Copy paper
Cassette Duplexing Manual Note
Size A3~A5-R A3~A6-R Adjustable to
(Ledger~Statement-R) Unfixed, Arbitary sizes
Thickness 64~80 64~130 Unit: g/m2
(Weight) (17~22) (17~34) (Unit: lb.)
Special _ _ OHP film
paper etc.
Copy process Indirect electrophotographic process (dry)
Type Desk top (console when the pedestal is used)
Exposure Type Slit exposure with fixed table
Acceptable originals Kind Sheets, books, and 3-dimensional objects.
When the document feeder is used:
Sheet originals only (60 g/m2~90 g/m2) (16 lb.~24 lb.)
Maximum size A3 (Ledger)
1. SPECIFICATIONS • ACCESSORIES • OPTIONS • SUPPLIES
1.1 Specifications
2060, 2860/70 SPECIFICATIONS 1 - 2 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
Copy speed
System copy speed
(BLI format)
First copy Approx. 4.0 sec. (Actual-size A4 or Letter from upper cassette)
Warm-up time Approx. 80 sec.
Multiple copying 1~999, keyboard entry
Reproduction ratio
Actual ratio 100% or 101% (Setting mode)
Zoom ratios 50~200% (Multiple reduction and enlargement in 1% steps)
Mode CPM
Original→Copy Number of copies 2060 2860
1 → 1 1 set 19 24
3 set 20 27
5 set 20 28
1 → 2 1 set 10 10
3 set 15 18
5 set 17 21
2 → 2 1 set 8 8
3 set 14 16
5 set 16 19
2 → 1 1 set 16 16
3 set 19 23
5 set 19 25
*Ten originals (A4) are set in the ADF. This includes the first
copy time.
Manual feeding represents the value when the size is set.
CPM
Cassette/manual LCF
Paper size 2060 2860 2060 2860
A4, B5, A5-R 20 28 20 28
LT, ST-R
A4-R, B5-R 20 26 — —
LT-R
B4, FOLIO 20 22 — —
LG, Computer
A3 19 19 — —
LD
Reduction/ 15 15 15 15
Enlargement
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 1 - 3 2060, 2860/70 SPECIFICATIONS
598mm 640mm54
0mm
Paper supply Cassette or sheet-bypass feeding
Cassette: 600 sheets
Sheet-bypass feeding: 50 sheets
Toner supply Automatic density detection and replenishment
Toner cartridge replacement
Exposure Automatic control and manually selectable (9 steps)
Weight Copier: 73 kg (with 2 cassettes and the platen cover),
ADU: 10 kg
Power source 115 V ~ 60 Hz, 12A For the U.S.A. and Canada
220 V ~ 50/60 Hz, 8A
240 V ~ 50 Hz, 8A
Power consumption 1.5 kW (115 V), 1.7 kW (220 V/240 V)
Counter 6-digit total counter
Machine size
12
3
For Europe
2060, 2860/70 SPECIFICATIONS 1 - 4 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
1.2 Accessories
Copy receiving tray : 1 pc.
Operator’s manual : 1 pc.
Set-up report : 1 pc.
Drum : 1 pc.
Developer : 1 bottle
Toner : 1 pc.
*Accessories vary according to the destination.
1.3 Options
Automatic duplexing unit: ADU MD-5002
Automatic document feeder: ADF MR-3006 (RADF), MR-2008 (ADF)
Paper feed pedestal: PFP KD-1003 (1 cassette), KD-2009 (2 cassettes)
Paper feed unit MY-1006
Large capacity feeder: LCF MP-1501
Sorter MG-1003A (10 bins)
MG-1004 (10 bins staple)
MG-2009 (20 bins)
MG-2010 (20 bins staple)
Key copy counter MU-8/MU-10 (6 digit)
1.4 Supplies
Drum OD-2060
Developer ZD-2060
Toner ZT-2060
*Options vary according to the destination.
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 2 - 1 2060, 2860/70 GENERAL
2. OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE2.1 Sectional Views and Electrical Parts Location Diagram2.1.1 Sectional view
[A] Front view
1
EL
2
ENEM
34
EO
5
FT
6
EQ
EP ER
7
8
AQ
BT
ES
ES
9AT
FK
AK
DO
CSDT
CRFL
FM
DQ
DN
CP
GKGT
AM
FR
FR
AO AP AN
FQ
AR BK AL
AS
BMBL
BN
BO
BPBQ
BR
BS
CTCK
CL
CN CO
CM
CQDMFN
FO
DK
FP
DL
DS
DPDR
FS
ET
EK
(This diagram includes an installed ADU. Refer to Chapter 13 concerning the ADU.)
2060, 2860/70 GENERAL 2 - 2 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
No. Name
CQ Cassette
CR Manual feed separation pad
CS Manual feed roller
DT Manual pickup roller
DK Cassette separation roller
DL Cassette feed roller
DM Cassette pickup roller
DN Upper transport roller
DO Manual feed switch (S6)
DP Paper guide
DQ Lower transport roller
DR Aligning switch (S8)
DS Aligning roller (U)
ET Aligning roller (L)
EK Thermistor-1 (THMS1)
EL Thermostat (THERMO)
EM Heater lamp
EN Heat roller (upper side)
EO Pressure roller (lower side)
EP Separation claw (for heat roller)
EQ Felt roller
ER Heat roller cleaning blade
ES Fuser exit roller
FT Scraper
FK Fuser cover
FL Paper stop switch-1 (S7)
FM Paper stop switch-2 (S16)
FN Paper-empty switch-2 (S14)
FO Cassette tray
FP Cassette size switch-2 (S15)
FQ Exit/ADU selection gate
FR Exit roller
FS ADU
GT Exit fan (M7)
GK Bottom fan (M8)
No. Name
1 Carriage 1
2 Mirror 1
3 Reflector
4 Light distribution adjustment plates
5 Exposure lamp
6 Carriage 2
7 Mirror 2
8 Mirror 3
9 Mirror unit
AT Mirror 4
AK Mirror 5
AL Mirror 6
AM Slit glass
AN Auto exposure sensor
AO Lens
AP Original glass
AQ Ozone filter
AR Main charger
AS Discharge lamp
BT Receiving tray
BK LED eraser array
BL Main blade
BM Recovery blade
BN Toner recovery auger
BO Separation claw (for drum)
BP Transfer charger
BQ Separation charger
BR Drum
BS Bias guide
CT Transport belt
CK Magnetic roller
CL Leveller (doctor)
CM Auto-toner sensor
CN Mixer 1
CO Mixer 2
CP Sheet bypass guide
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 2 - 3 2060, 2860/70 GENERAL
[B] Rear side view
GP
FRES
GQ
ENHQ
CT
HN
HM
GS
ITIT
IM
IN
HS
HLGRHKHTHRITIK
HP HO IO IP
IL
IN
2060, 2860/70 GENERAL 2 - 4 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
No. Name
GP Scanning motor (M2)
GQ Carriage drive wire
GR Drum gear
GS Aligning clutch (CLT2)
HT Drum driving gear
HK Drum belt
HL Belt for dev-unit, ALGN-roller & paper feeding drive
HM Belt for fuser drive
HN Main motor (M1)
HO Lens motor (M3)
HP Mirror motor (M4)
HQ Thermistor-2 (THMS2)
HR Dev-unit drive gear
HS Aligning roller
IT Paper feed belt
IK Manual feed clutch (CLT4)
IL Transport roller clutch (CLT1)
IM Transport roller drive belt
IN Cassette feed clutch (CLT3, 5)
IO Optical fan (M6,12)
IP Document motor (M11)
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 2 - 5 2060, 2860/70 GENERAL
2.1.2 Electrical parts layout
[A] DC electrical parts (except motors)
[Front side]
BN
AL
AQ
AT
AS
BO
BP
AK
7
8
2
3BT
14
BQ6
BL
AO
BMAN
CQ
AM
9CR
BS
5CL
CN
CTCK
CODT
CP
CSAR
CMBK
AP
[Rear side]
2060, 2860/70 GENERAL 2 - 6 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
*: Option
No. Name
1 Control panel key PC board (PWA-KEY)
2 Display PC board (PWA-DSP)
3 Liquid crystal module (LCD)
4 Total counter (T-CTR)
5 Logic PC board (PWA-LGC)
6 Auto paper sensor-2 (APS-R)
7 Auto paper sensor-3 (APS-C)
8 Auto paper sensor-4 (APS-F)
9 Toner-full switch (T-FUL-SW) (S13)
*AT Size switch 1 (SIZE1-SW) (S5)
AK Discharge lamp PC board (PWA-ERS)
AL LED eraser array PC board (K-DCH)
AM High-voltage power supply (PS-HVT)
AN Home switch (HOME-SW) (S10)
AO Platen switch (PTN-SW) (S27)
AP Manual feed switch (M-FED-SW) (S6)
AQ Aligning switch (PSTPO-SW) (S8)
AR Paper stop switch 1 (PSTP1-SW) (S7)
AS Side door switch (U-COV-SW) (S4)
BT Auto paper sensor-1 (APS-3B)
No. Name
*BK Paper-empty switch-1 (EMP1-SW) (S3)
BL Exit switch (EXIT-SW) (S9)
BM Heat-roller thermistor 1 (THMS1-HTR)
BN Toner sensor (TNR-ATC)
BO Lens switch (LNS-SW) (S11)
BP Mirror switch (MRR-SW) (S12)
BQ Automatic exposure PC board (PWA-AES)
BS Aligning-roller clutch (RGT0-CLT) (CLT2)
CT Transport-roller clutch (RGT1-CLT) (CLT1)
CK Manual-feed roller clutch (MFED-CLT) (CLT4)
*CL Feed-roller clutch 1 (FED1-CLT) (CLT3)
CM Size switch 2 (SIZE2-SW) (S15)
CN Feed-roller clutch 2 (FED2-CLT) (CLT5)
CO Paper-empty switch 2 (EMP2-SW) (S14)
CP Paper stop switch 2 (PSTP2-SW) (S16)
CQ Heat-roller thermistor-2 (THMS2-HTR)
CR Drum thermistor (DRM-THMS)
*CS Tray-up switch (T-UP1-SW) (S28)
DT Tray-up switch (T-UP2-SW) (S29)
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 2 - 7 2060, 2860/70 GENERAL
[B] DC electrical parts (motors)
No. Name
DK Main motor (MAIN-MOT) (M1)
DL Scanning motor (SCN-MOT) (M2)
DM Lens motor (LNS-MOT) (M3)
DN Mirror motor (MRR-MOT) (M4)
DO Toner motor (TNR-MOT) (M9)
DP Document motor (DCM-MOT) (M11)
No. Name
*DQ Tray-up motor-1 (T-UP1-MOT) (M13)
DR Tray-up motor-2 (T-UP2-MOT) (M14)
DS Optical fan-F (OPT-FAN-F) (M12)
ET Optical fan-R (OPT-FAN-R) (M6)
EK Exit fan (EXIT-FAN) (M7)
EL Bottom fan (BTM-FAN) (M8)
*: Option
[Front side]
[Rear side]
DP
DL
DK
EL
ET
EK
DQDN
DR
DO
DS
DM
2060, 2860/70 GENERAL 2 - 8 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
[C] AC electrical parts
No. Name
FT Thermostat (Option)
FK Damp heater U1 (D-HTR-U1) (Option)
FL Exposure lamp (EXPO-LAMP)
FM Thermofuse (FU-EXPO)
FN Fuse PC board (PWA-FUS) (Option)
FO Damp heater U2 (D-HTR-U2) (Option)
No. Name
EM SW power supply (PS-ACC)
EN Door switch (DOOR-SW) (S2)
EO Main switch (MAIN-SW) (S1)
EP Lamp regulator PC board (PWA-LRG)
EQ Heater lamp (HTR-LAMP)
ER Damp heater L (D-HTR-L) (Option)
ES Thermostat (K-THERMO)
EO
FN
FK
EN
EP
FT
FM
FL
FO
ES
EQ
EM
ER
[Rear side]
[Front side]
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 2 - 9 2060, 2860/70 GENERAL
Parts list
Page Item
M1 MAIN-MOT (Main motor) Drives the drum, developer, IC motor 10 31
heat roller and transport belt
M2 SCN-MOT (Scanning motor) Scans the optical system Pulse motor 5 23
M3 LNS-MOT (Lens motor) Drives the lens unit Pulse motor 11 23
M4 MRR-MOT (Mirror motor) Drives the mirror unit Pulse motor 11 23
M6 OPT-FAN-R (Optics fan-R) Cools the optical system IC motor: Z80 5 8
M7 EXIT-FAN (Exit-fan) Cools the drum and cleaner IC motor: Z80 4 14
M8 BTM-FAN (Bottom fan) Prevents the paper from floating IC motor: Z80 4 14
up through suction
M9 TNR-MOT (Toner motor) Replenishes the toner Brush motor 23 30
M11 DCM-MOT (Document motor) Drives copy-area indicators Pulse motor 9 2
M12 OPT-FAN-F (Optical fan-F) Cools the optical system IC motor: Z80 4 14
M13 T-UP1-MOT (Tray-up motor-1) Drives the upper cassette tray to Brush motor 12 36
lift up/down
M14 T-UP2-MOT (Tray-up motor-2) Drives the lower cassette tray to Brush motor 12 36
lift up/down
2.2 Symbol and Function of Electrical Parts(1) Motors
Parts list
Page Item
CLT1 RGT1-CLT Transmits transport-roller drive. 13 40
(Transport-roller clutch)
CLT2 RGT0-CLT Transmits aligning-roller drive. 15 16
(Aligning-roller clutch)
CLT3 FED1-CLT Transmits feed-roller clutch 12 24
(Feed-roller clutch-1) drive. (Upper cassette)
CLT4 MFED-CLT Transmits manual-feed roller 14 17
(Manual-feed roller clutch) clutch drive.
CLT5 FED2-CLT Transmits feed-roller clutch 12 24
(Feed-roller clutch-2) drive. (Lower cassette)
(2) Electromagnetic spring clutches
(3) Counters
Symbol Code name RemarksFunction
Symbol Code name Function Remarks
Symbol Code name Function RemarksParts list
Page Item
T T-CTR (Total counter) Total counter 6-digit 3 23
K K-CTR (Key-copy counter) Individual counter 6-digit (option) 101 5
2060, 2860/70 GENERAL 2 - 10 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
Parts list
Page Item
S1 MAIN-SW (Main switch) Power supply Tumbler type 6 3
S2 DOOR-SW (Door switch) For safety, cancels abnormal Push switch 6 4
condition
S3 EMP1-SW Detects lack of paper in the upper Photointerruptor 12 32
(Paper-empty switch-1) cassette
S4 U-COV-SW For safety, detects open/closed Push switch 2 27
(Side door switch) condition of paper jam release cover
S5 SIZE1-SW (Size switch-1) Detects upper cassette size Push switch 13 50
S6 M-FED-SW Detects manual feeding Photointerruptor 14 3
(Manual-feed switch)
S7 PSTP1-SW Detects paper in front of the Photointerruptor 13 8
(Paper stop switch-1) upper transport roller
S8 PSTP0-SW Detects paper in front of the Photointerruptor 15 20
(Aligning switch) aligning roller
S9 EXIT-SW (Exit switch) Detects exiting paper Photointerruptor 28 8
S10 HOME-SW (Home switch) Detects home position of the Photointerruptor 11 8
optical system
S11 LNS-SW (Lens switch) Detects home position of the lens Photointerruptor 11 8
unit
S12 MRR-SW (Mirror switch) Detects home position of the mirror Photointerruptor 11 8
unit
S13 T-FUL-SW Detects when the used toner bag Push switch 10 25
(Toner-full switch) is full
S14 EMP2-SW Detects lack of paper in the lower Photointerruptor 12 32
(Paper-empty switch-2) cassette
S15 SIZE2-SW Detects lower cassette size Push switch 13 50
(Size switch-2)
S16 PSTP2-SW Detects paper in front of the lower Photointerruptor 2 26
(Paper stop switch-2) transport roller
S27 PTN-SW Detects open/closed condition of Photointerruptor 5 38
(Platen switch) the platen cover
S28 T-UP1-SW Detects the position of the upper Photointerruptor 12 32
(Tray-up-1 switch) cassette tray
S29 T-UP2-SW Detects the position of the lower Photointerruptor 12 32
(Tray-up-2 switch) cassette tray
(4) Switches
Symbol Code name Function Remarks
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 2 - 11 2060, 2860/70 GENERAL
(5) Heaters and lamps
(6) PC boards
Parts list
Page Item
LGC PWA-LGC (Logic PC board) Controls the entire copier 8 15
DSP PWA-DSP Controls condition displays 3 20
(Display PC board)
KEY PWA-KEY Controls operation keys 3 21
(Key PC board)
LRG PWA-LRG Controls exposure lamp 5 20
(Lamp regulator PC board)
DCH K-DCH Turns on and drives LED during 4 10
(LED eraser array PC board) reduction
ERS PWA-ERS Discharge lamp 4 12
(Discharge lamp PC board)
AES PWA-AES Reads dark/light of the original 17 37
(Automatic exposure PC board)
FUS PWA-FUS (Fuse PC board) Fuse for the damp heater circuit 7 31
Symbol Code name Function Remarks
Symbol Code name Function Remarks
Parts list
Page Item
EXP EXPO-LAMP Exposes the original Halogen lamp 18 13
(Exposure lamp) 300W
HTR HTR-LAMP (Heater lamp) Fixing Halogen lamp 25 6
900W
(100V series)
1100W
(200V series)
ERS ERS-LAMP Discharges the drum Fuse type 4 12
(Discharge lamp)
DCH DCH-LED To interrupt the charge LED 4 10
(LED eraser array)
DHU1 D-HTR-U1 (Damp heater U1) Keeps optical system warm (option) Cement resistor 102 4
DHU2 D-HTR-U2 (Damp heater U2) Keeps optical system warm (option) Cement resistor 102 4
DHL D-HTR-L (Damp heater L) Keeps the drum and transfer/separation Cement resistor 7 30
charger case warm (option)
2060, 2860/70 GENERAL 2 - 12 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
(7) Transformers
Parts list
Page Item
HVT PS-HVT (Charging transformer) Generates high voltage electricity Mono unit type 7 27
for charging (negative voltage)
(Transfer/separation Generates high voltage electricity
transformer) for transfer/separation and
developing bias voltage
(Transfer bias Generates bias voltage to raise
transformer) transfer efficiency
ACC PS-ACC Power supply for whole copier 8 7
(Power supply for all) power
(8) Others
Parts list
Page Item
ATS SNR-ATC Reads toner density with a magnetic 23 33
(Auto-toner sensor) sensor
THMS1 THMS1-HTR Detects temperature of the heat roller 26 19
(Heat-roller thermistor-1)
THMS2 THMS2-HTR Detects the temperature of the heat roller 26 27
(Heat-roller thermistor-2) end
THERMO K-THERMO Prevents abnormal heating of heat roller 26 8
(Thermostat)
FU FU-EXPO (Thermofuse) Prevents abnormal heating of the 18 12
exposure lamp
Symbol Code name Function Remarks
Symbol Code name Function Remarks
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 2 - 13 2060, 2860/70 GENERAL
2.3 Wire Harness Location Diagram[A] Location diagram for upper unit
2060, 2860/70 GENERAL 2 - 14 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
[B] Location diagram for lower unit
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 2 - 15 2060, 2860/70 GENERAL
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
2.4 Removal of Covers and PC Boards2.4.1 Removal of covers
[A] Front cover
(1) Open the front cover.
(2) Remove the pins on the hinges at both ends
(1 each).
Front cover
Upper rear cover
Loosen
Leftfeedcover
Lowerrearcover
Upperfeedcover
Right feed cover
[B] Upper rear cover
(1) Remove the 4 screws.
[C] Lower rear cover
(1) Remove the upper 3 screws.
(2) Loosen the lower 2 screws.
[D] Upper feed cover
(1) Open the front cover and the bypass tray and
then remove the 2 screws.
[E] Feed cover (left and right)
(1) Remove the paper feed cover.
(2) When removing the left feed cover, open the
front cover.
(3) Remove the screws (2 on each side).
2060, 2860/70 GENERAL 2 - 16 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
[F] Upper exit cover
(1) Remove the 2 screws.
(2) Open the front cover and remove the screw.
[G] Lower exit cover
(1) Lift the upper unit.
(2) Remove the 5 screws.
[L] Upper inner cover
(1) Remove the process unit.
(2) Remove the 3 screws. Upper inner cover
Upper exit cover
[H] Rear top cover
(1) Remove the original cover.
(2) Remove the 4 screws.
[I] Right top cover (feed side)
(1) Remove the 2 screws.
[J] Left top cover (exit side)
(1) Remove the 2 screws.
[K] Glass fix
(1) Remove the 2 screws.
Glass fix
Right top coverLeft top cover
Lower exit cover
Rear top cover
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 2 - 17 2060, 2860/70 GENERAL
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
[M] Middle inner cover
(1) Remove the screw.
[N] Door switch cover
(1) Remove the 2 screws.
[O] Lower inner cover
(1) Remove the toner box.
(2) Remove the middle inner cover.
(3) Remove the 1 screw.
Middle inner cover
Lower inner cover
Door switch cover
2060, 2860/70 GENERAL 2 - 18 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
2.4.2 Removal of main PC boards
[A] Logic PC board (PWA-LGC)
(1) Remove the lower rear cover.
(2) Remove the 16 connectors (2860).
(15 connectors for 2060).
(3) Remove the lock supports (4 pcs.)
(4) Remove the logic PC board.
Lock support PWA-LGC Lock support
[B] Power supply PC board (PS-ACC)
(1) Remove the connector bracket (2 screws).
(2) Remove the 14 connectors.
(3) Remove the 4 screws.
(4) Remove the power supply PC board.
[C] Lamp regulator PC board (PWA-LRG)
(1) Remove the upper rear cover.
(2) Remove the 2 connectors.
(3) Remove the lamp regulator PC board (4 lock
supports).
ConnectorsLock support
Lock support PWA-LRG
Connector bracket
PS-ACC
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 2 - 19 2060, 2860/70 GENERAL
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
ADU drawer connector bracket
[D] ADU drawer connector
(1) Remove the logic PC board.
(2) Remove the bracket for the logic PC board (3
screws).
Remove the connector J535 on the PS-ACC.
(3) Remove the bracket for the ADU drawer con-
nector (2 screws).
Bracket for PWA-LGC
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 3 - 1 2060, 2860/70 PROCESS
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
_ __
_
__
__+
+
+
+
+++
+
2
1
9
8
7
65
4
3
3. COPYING PROCESS3.1 Copying Process
Halogen lamp
Original exposure
300 W
6 Separation : Separates the transfer sheet,
along with the toner, from the
drum.
7 Fixing : Fixes the toner on the transfer
sheet by applying heat and
pressure.
8 Cleaning : Mechanically removes any re-
maining toner on the drum.
9 Discharge lamp : Discharges any remaining
charge from the drum.
1 Charging : Negatively charges surface of
the photosensitive drum.
2 Exposure : Forms an electrical image on
the drum.
3 Development : toner adheres to surface of
photosensitive drum and forms
a visible image.
4 Transfer bias : Increases transfer efficiency.
5 Transfer : Transfers the visible image from
the drum onto the transfer
(copy) sheet.
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
–635V ±5 V
Charging
1.8W x 9 lamps
Discharge lamp
Cleaning
LED eraser array
63 LEDs
Paper exiting Fixing
Heat roller Separation
1 kHz
AC 3.41 kVTransfer
–DC 5.25 kV
Black development
Sheet-bypass feeding(50 sheets)
LCF feeding(1500 sheets)
Cassette feeding (upper/lower/PFP)(600 sheets)
Transfer bias
–DC 990 V
Opt
ical
sect
ion
Toner
Carrier
Magnetic roller
Bias –100 VDC
900 W (115V)1030W (220/240V)
2060, 2860/70 PROCESS 3 - 2 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
3.2 Comparison with the 2050 of Copying Process Conditions
Process 2050 2060/2860
1. Drum OD-1710 (OPC ø60) OD-2060 (OPC ø60)
(1) Sensitivity Highly sensitized drum (1)
(2) Charger grid voltage DC –800V (2)–635 V DC
Scolotron system Scolotron system
Output adjustable by using the
ten keys
2. Main charger Variable output (fixed current) using
the digital keys
3. Exposure
(1) Light control Automatic exposure/manual (1)Automatic exposure and
slide volume setting manual 9-step setting
(2) Light source 300W halogen lamp stabilized with (2)
regulator (light intensity remains
constant even when voltage varies)
4. Development
(1) Magnetic roller One magnetic roller (with two shaft (1)
mixers)
(2) Auto-toner Magnetic bridge-circuit system (2)
(3) Toner replenishment Toner cartridge system (3)
(4) Toner-empty detection Intensity sensing system (4)
(5) Toner T-1710 (Black) (5)T-2060 (Black)
T-1710-R (Red)
T-1710-BL (Blue)
(6) Developing material D-1710 (Black) (6)D-2060 (Black)
D-1710-R (Red)
D-1710-BL (Blue)
(7) Developer bias –194V DC, volume adjustable (7)–100 V DC, adjustable using the
digital keys
5. Transfer bias –1.4KV DC –990 V DC
6. Transfer Adjustable output (fixed current) using
the digital keys
7. Separation Adjustable output (independently
adjustable using the digital keys)
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 3 - 3 2060, 2860/70 PROCESS
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
Process 2050 2060/2860
8. Discharge
(1) Discharging position Discharge by exposure after cleaning (1)
(2) Discharge lamp Discharge by tungsten lamp (2)
9. Cleaning
(1) System Blade system (1)
(2) Recovered toner Non-reusable (2)
10. Fixing
(1) System Long-life heat roller system (1)
• Fixing • Fixing roller: Teflon coated roller • Fixing roller:
Aluminum roller coated with
Teflon (ø40)
• Pressure • Pressure roller: PFA tube silicon • Pressure roller:
roller (ø28) Silicon rubber roller with
PFA tube. (ø35)
• Lamp rating Infrared heat Infrared heat
• 900W (100V series) • 900W (115V)
• 1100W (200V series) • 1030W (220/240V)
(2) Cleaning Cleaning with silicon impregnated (2)
roller
(3) Heater-temperature control ON/OFF control by thermistor (3)
11. Control Microcomputer
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 4 - 1 2060, 2860/70 OPERATION
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
4. COPIER OPERATION4.1 Operation Outline
Copier operation Operation during warm up and standby
Automatic-feed copying using PRINT key
Copying operation Bypass-feed copying
Interrupt copying
4.2 Description of Operation4.2.1 Operation up to standby state after power on
(1) Initial operation
• The main switch is turned ON.
• Copy quantity indicator “0” and “WAIT WARMING UP” are displayed.
• Initialization of the optical system
~ Carriages move to their home position and then stop.
~ Lens and mirror units move to their home position and then stop.
~ Indicators perform the initial operation and move to a position indicating the copy area.
• Initialization of the paper feed section
~ Each slot’s cassette trays move upward. If they were raised already, they are not moved.
(2) Pre-running
65 sec. have elapsed since the power was turned ON ~
Main motor rotates ~ Fuser unit drive section rotates: Pre-running
Pressure roller is warmed
After pre-running for 15 sec., the main motor stops
~ Fuser unit drive section stops
(3) When the heat roller temperature is sufficient for fixing, the heater lamp is turned off, and the copier
enters the standby mode.
4.2.2 Standby (ready)
• Bottom fan motor (M8) and exit fan motor (M7) are running at low speed.
• All keys on the control panel are operable.
When there is no key input for a set amount of time, the copy quantity “1” will be shown, the
reproduction ratio will indicate “actual size”, and the exposure will be set at automatic.
2060, 2860/70 OPERATION 4 - 2 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
4.2.3 Automatic feed copying using the PRINT key
(1) PRINT key is pressed
• Main, transfer, and separation chargers, transfer bias, discharge lamp and LED eraser array are
turned on.
• Optical fan motor (M6, M12), bottom fan motor (M8) and exit fan motor (M7) are running at high
speed.
• Main motor is turned on
~ Drum, developer unit, transport belt, heat roller, and exit roller are running.
(2) Cassette feeding
• Feed clutch (CLT3 or 5) is turned on
~ Pick-up roller, paper feed roller, and separation roller are running.
– Transport roller rotating
• Paper reaches the transport roller
~ Paper stop switch-2 (S14) is turned on. After a set amount of time, the feed clutch (CLT3 or 5) is
turned off.
* Paper reaches the aligning roller. Paper stop switch-1 (S7) is turned on.
~ Aligning operation
After a set amount of time, the feed roller stops rotating (CLT1).
(3) Carriage operation
• Exposure lamp is turned on.
Carriages -1 and -2 scan in a forward direction
~ Scanning motor (M15) is turned on. At this time, if the toner density of the developer material is
lower than the set value, the copier enters the toner supply operation.
~ Toner motor (M9) is turned ON.
(4) A set time lag after the carriage operation;
aligning clutch (CLT2) is turned on:
~ paper is sent to the transfer unit.
The counter is increased by 1.
(5) Termination of carriage scanning.
• Scanning motor (M2) is turned off.
• Main charger and exposure lamp are turned off.
• Aligning clutch (CLT2) is turned off. (Timing of shutting off depends on paper size.)
(6) Exit operation
• Exit switch (S9) detects the passing of the paper trailing edge.
• Main motor (M1), transfer and separation chargers, transfer bias, discharge lamp, and LED
eraser array are turned off.
• Optical fan motor (M6, M12) stop, and bottom fan motor (M8) and exit fan motor (M7) are running
at low speed.
• Carriages and indicators move to the position indicating copy area.
• The copier enters the standby mode.
Dec. 1996 ©
TOS
HIB
A4 - 3
2060, 2860/70 OP
ER
ATIO
N
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
CCW
Transfer
Guide bias
Separation
Timing chart for two A4 actual-size cassette feeding
SCN
MAIN-MOT
EXIT-SW
EXPO
HVT-M
OFFOFF
ONON
ON
ON ON
ON
ON
ON ON
FWD
ON
OFF
LOWLOW
High
High
High
0.1 1.37
0.71
0.44 2.13 3.37
3.64 4.96
5.06
5.753.932.82
1.02 2.12 3.95 5.05
5.34
7.10 8.50 8.53
4.913.772.411.990.840.2
0.1
0.72
6.85
2.03
1.472.46
2.10
2.35 4.10
4.10
5.29
5.034.30
5.404.40
5.224.142.291.20
OFF 0.1
RGT
BWDFWD
CW
BWDBWD
2060, 2860/70 OPERATION 4 - 4 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
4.2.4 Bypass-feed copying
(1) A sheet of paper is inserted through the bypass guide
• Manual feed switch (S6) is turned on.
(2) PRINT key is pressed
• The main transfer and separation chargers, transfer bias, discharge lamp, and LED eraser array
are turned on.
• Optical fan motor (M6, M12), bottom fan motor (M8) and exit fan motor (M7) are running at high
speed.
• Main motor (M1) is turned on
~ Drum, developer unit, transport belt, heat roller, and exit roller are running.
(3) Sheet-bypass feeding
• Manual feed clutch (CLT4) is turned on
~ Manual feed roller is lowered.
~ Manual feed roller, paper feed roller, and separation roller are running.
– Aligning operation –
• Paper reaches aligning roller
~ Paper stop switch1 (S7) is turned on.
After a set time lag, the manual feed clutch (CLT4) is turned off and paper feeding is terminated.
(4) Same as operation (3) through (6) of “4.2.3 Automatic Feed Copying Using the PRINT key”.
4.2.5 Interrupt copying
(1) The INTERRUPT key is pressed.
• Interruption LED is turned on.
The copying operation is temporarily halted and carriages-1 and -2 return to their home position.
The copying mode is set to automatic exposure and 1-to-1 reproduction ratio. Register remains
unchanged.
(2) The preferred copying modes are specified.
(3) After interrupt copying is terminated when the INTERRUPT key is pressed again, the interrupt LED
goes off and the copier returns to the conditions before the interruption.
(4) PRINT key is pressed
The copying operation before the interruption is resumed.
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 4 - 5 2060, 2860/70 OPERATION
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
4.3 Fault DetectionIf a fault occurs in the copier, a symbol corresponding to the type of fault will be displayed in order to draw
the attention of the operator.
• Classification of faults
A) Faults which can be cleared without turning off the door switch (yellow flashing display on the
display panel).
(1) ADD PAPER
(2) BYPASS MISFEED
(3) INSERT KEY COPY COUNTER
(4) CASSETTE MISFEED
B) Faults which cannot be cleared without turning off the door switch (red flashing display on the
display panel).
(1) CLEAR PAPER
(2) ADD TONER (yellow flashing display)
(3) REPLACE TONER BAG
C) Faults which cannot be cleared unless the main switch (S1) is turned off.
(1) SERVICE CALL
A-1) ADD PAPER ( )
[In the case of the copier and PFP cassettes]
• When the cassette is not installed, the size switch (S5 or S15) detects the absence of the
cassette.
When the cassette is not installed.
When the cassette is installed but
there is no paper in the cassette.
G 64
74
8
ff
~Size switches are all switched off.
Paper empty status.
Signal sent to control circuit.
The ADD PAPER display will flash.
* The PRINT key will not function.
2060, 2860/70 OPERATION 4 - 6 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
ff
The “ADD PAPER” is displayed regard-
less of paper being present or not.→
f
ff
ff
f
[In the case of the LCF and the pedestal]
By combining the operation of the tray motor and the condition of the tray-up switch and the empty
switch, the CPU detects whether or not there is paper.
• When the power is turned on or when the LCF door is opened/closed (for the pedestal:
when the power is turned on or when the cassette is removed) ~
The PFC (Paper Feed Controller) causes the LCF to initialize.
Detects whether or not there is paper
• Tray motor comes on ~ The tray rises.
At this time, both tray-up and LCF empty switches are off.
• A fixed time later, if the tray-up switch is not turned on:
The tray is
not normal
Removing/reinstalling the LCF or turning off/on clears this condition. (For the pedestal, turn
off/on the power.)
• Within a fixed time, the tray-up switch turns on:
~ The tray motor stops.
At this time, if the empty switch is on ~ It is determined there is paper.
At this time, if the empty switch is off ~ It is determined there is no paper.
The “ADD PAPER” is displayed.
• During copying, sheets of paper are fed and when the paper supply becomes low →
The tray-up switch goes off → The PFC turns on the tray motor ~ The tray moves up.
The tray-up switch come on → The tray motor stops.
• During copying, when the empty switch goes off despite the tray-up switch being on
It is determined there is no paper.
“ADD PAPER” is displayed.
Copying stops.
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 4 - 7 2060, 2860/70 OPERATION
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
ff
ff
A-2) BYPASS MISFEED ( )
• During sheet bypass copying
The manual feed clutch (CLT4) has been turned on
The paper-stop switch-1 (S7) comes on
* If the paper-stop switch-1 (S7) does not come on within the specified time:
BYPASS MISFEED
The BYPASS MISFEED symbol is displayed
Copying cannot be started
Clearing method: Remove the paper from the sheet-bypass guide. The manual-feed switch
(S6) goes off.
A-3) INSERT KEY COPY COUNTER ( )
• If the copy counter (optional) is installed in the copier and is then withdrawn:
The INSERT KEY COPY COUNTER display appears
Copying is not possible
• If the counter is withdrawn during copying, the machine will stop after the paper being copied
has exited.
B-1) CLEAR PAPER ( )
• Leading-edge jam detection by the exit switch (S9): (E01)
The aligning clutch (CLT2) is turned on
1.875 sec.*
The exit switch (S9) comes on
* When the exit switch (S9) has not come
on after 1.875 seconds have elapsed.
The CLEAR PAPER symbol (E01) ap-
pears and copying will stop.
f
1.875 sec0Timer
On
On
Aligning motor
Exit switch
CLEAR PAPER (E01)
ff
ff
14
44
3
2060, 2860/70 OPERATION 4 - 8 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
CLEAR PAPER (E02)
Exit switch
Aligning motor
Timer
On
Off
0 1.92 sec
• Trailing-edge detection by exit switch (S9): (E02)
Aligning clutch (CLT2) goes off.
↓ 1.92 sec*
The exit switch (S9) goes off (detects pa-
per exit)
* When the exit switch (S9) does not go
off even after 1.92 seconds:
↓
The CLEAR PAPER symbol appears (E02),
and copying stops.
• Immediately after power on
↓
Exit switch (S9) is detecting paper (on)
↓
CLEAR PAPER (E03)
• If the front cover is opened during copying
↓
CLEAR PAPER (E04)
• Leading edge jam detection by the paper stop switch in front of the aligning roller:
After the leading edge of the paper passes the transport rollers, if the paper stop switch-1 (S7)
is not turned on within a fixed time
↓
Paper misfeeding (E05)
• During paper feeding from the ADU:
After the feed clutch is turned on, if the paper stop switch (S16) does not come on within a
fixed time.
↓
Paper misfeeding (E11)
• During paper stacking in the ADU:
If the ADU jam switch (SA4) does not detect any paper at the fixed timing
↓
Paper misfeeding (E08)
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 4 - 9 2060, 2860/70 OPERATION
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
• During paper feeding from the copier and the pedestal:
After the feed clutch is turned on, if paper stop switches (S7/S16) do not come on within a fixed
time
↓
Paper misfeeding (E13 – E19)
E13 – E19: The error code is different according to the cassette used.
B-2) ADD TONER ( )
Toner density has become low
↓
Toner empty detection: Auto-toner sensor
↓
Control circuit: f the ADD TONER symbol appears: copying is not possible
Clearing method: Replace the toner cartridge and close the front cover.
Toner supply operation: copying is possible
B-3) REPLACE TONER BAG ( )
The toner bag becomes full of toner
↓
The toner-recovery auger moves towards the rear of the copier: toner-full switch (S13) will be
turned on.
↓
REPLACE TONER BAG display
• When the toner-full switch (S13) comes on during copying
↓
Copying will stop after the last sheet has exited during copying
Clearing method: Replace with a new toner bag.
C-1) Service call
If the CLEAR/STOP key and the “8” key are pressed simultaneously when the SERVICE CALL symbol
symbol is flashing, one of the error codes will appear on the message display.
For the contents of the error codes, refer to the “SERVICE HANDBOOK”.
2060, 2860/70 OPERATION 4 - 10 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
4.4 Flow Charts4.4.1 Power on to ready
DC power on
Main switch on
Restart
Cover open?
Heater lamp HTR ON
• SCN-MOT• LNS-MOT• MRR-MOT• DCM-MOT• STOP-MOT• GUIDE-MOT
ADU-JAM-SWON?
P-STP-SWON?
"E03"
14
44
44
24
44
44
3
YES
YES
YES
NO
NO
NO
YES
NO
Start initialization
APaper jam
EXIT-SW ON?
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 4 - 11 2060, 2860/70 OPERATION
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
NO
YES
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
A
T-FUL-SWON?
Toner empty?
Toner replen-ishment
Main motor6 sec. ON
Initializationover?
Have 20 sec.
passed since start
of initialization?
“C21”or “C22” or “C23”
Service call
• Lens and mirrors posi-tioned for specifiedreproduction ratio
• Carriage and indicatorindicate copy area
Is heat roller
pre-running sufficient
for fixing?
Main motor ONPre-running operationstarts
Have 15 sec.passed
Main motor OFFPre-running stops
READY
Service call
“C41”
Is thethermistor
open?
T-FULL SWON
Toner bagreplacement
(Toner-full removaloperation)
2060, 2860/70 OPERATION 4 - 12 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
NO
YES
YES
NO
OK
NG
NO
NO
YES
YES
4.4.2 Automatic feed copying
Process control end
Is number of remaining copies
zero?
All LEDs of the LED eraser array off
All LEDs of the LED eraser array on
LED eraser array off
Main charger off
Main charger on
All LEDs of the LED eraser array on
Exit switchcheck 1
Isnumber of
remaining copieszero?
Scraper solenoid offAligning motor off
Counter off
Aligning motor onCounter onScraper solenoid on
Feed motor off
Feed motor on
Transfer charger onSeparation charger onDischarge lamp on
Optical sectioncontrol end
Carriage retreats to homeposition
Exposure lamp off
Carriages stops
Carriage advances
Exposure lamp on
"C01"
Service call
Carriage moves tohome position
Optical section control
Is numberof remaining copies
zero?
Copying area indicated
Paper jamB
PLL checkfor main motor
OK?
Transport controlProcess control
PRINT key
"E01"
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 4 - 13 2060, 2860/70 OPERATION
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
OK
NG
B
Exit switchcheck 2
Paper jam
“E02”
Transfer changer OFFSeparation charger OFFDischarge lamp OFF
Drum rotation reversed
Standby
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 5 - 1 2060, 2860/70 DISPLAY
5. DISPLAY UNIT
The display unit consists of key switches for copier operation/selection of each mode, LEDs and an LCD
displaying the copier state or messages.
Particularly, when the operator’s attention is recommended, a graphic symbol lights or flashes and the
message indicating that condition is displayed.
5.1 Detailed Drawing of the Control Panel and the Display Panel
Details of the display panel
For the U.S.A. and Canada
For Europe
Arrangement of the control panel
For the U.S.A. and Canada For Europe
CASSETTE
200%
100%
50%
1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8 9
0 C /
LD
LG
LT
ST
OTHER
PREV. HELP YES NO
FC
AMS APS
ORIGINAL
USER SET
JOB MEMORY
SET RECALL
EDGE ERASE DUAL PAGE
LEFT RIGHT BOOK
IMAGE SHIFT
COPY SIZE
STAPLE 2 in 1
SADF
ADF
SORT
GROUP
SORTER DUPLEXADF
CASSETTE
IMAGE MODE
LIGHT AUTO DARK
CLEAR/STOP
FUNCTION CLEAR
ZOOM
ENERGY SAVE INTERRUPT
M1
M2
100%LT
READY
200%
100%
50%
1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8 9
0 C /
A4
A3
B4
B5
UNIV
PREV. INFO YES NO
FC
AMS APS
ORIGINAL
USER SET
MODE MEMORY
SET RECALL
EDGE ERASE DUAL PAGE
LEFT RIGHT BOOK
IMAGE SHIFT
COPY
100%A4
M1
M2
READY
2060, 2860/70 DISPLAY 5 - 2 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
5.2 Items Shown on the Display Panel5.2.1 Display during normal copying
No. Message Conditions of machine Notes1 WAIT WARMING UP Being warmed up • The number and reproduction ratio
• Indicated after the main switch of the copies are indicated, foris switched on up until the example, as “0”, “100%” when themachine becomes capable of main switch comes on.copying.
2 READY Capable of copying. • Copy quantity indicator indicates as• Indicated when the machine is “1”. When a digital key is pressed,
capable of copying and the the set number is indicated.operator’s instructions for • The set number is cleared to “1” bycopying conditions are awaited. pressing the CLEAR/STOP key.
• Returns to the initial condition • Manual copying is possible.if no key input is given for 45seconds.
3 COPYING Now copying. • After completion of copying, the copy• Indicated by pressing the quantity indicator returns to the
PRINT key. initially set number.• Copy quantity indicator becomes
“1” and copying is completed.4 SAVING ENERGY Energy saving conditions. • Released by pressing the ENERGY
SAVER key or the PRINT key.PRESS PRINT
5 PLACE NEXT ADU 1-sided copying standby • When using ADU 1-sided, and whenORIGINAL state. C below. not using ADF.
In case of lateral paper feeding, the symbol A lights up and for longitudinal feeding, the symbol B lights
up on the display panel.
C
BA
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 5 - 3 2060, 2860/70 DISPLAY
5.2.2 Display in the event of faulty conditions
No. Message Abnormal state & indication Solution6 ADD PAPER Indication of lack of paper. • Supply paper to the selected
• Indicates when there is no paper cassette.in the cassette. (A below.) • Select another cassette.
• Indicates which cassette has nopaper. (E below.)
• Manual copying is possible.7 ADD TONER: Indication of lack of toner. • Released after the toner is supplied
•B below is indicated when and the front cover is closed.PRESS INFO the toner in the toner cartridge
runs out.• When this message is displayed,
it is not possible to copy.8 INSERT Key copy counter withdrawn. • Released and returned to normal
• Indicated when the key copy conditions by inserting the keyKEY COPY COUNTER counter is withdrawn when the copy counter.
machine is READY or duringcopying. C below.
• When it is removed afterpressing the PRINT key, themachine stops after that copy iscompleted, but the countercounts it.
9 DISPOSE OF Indication of need to replace the Open the front cover and replacetoner bag. the toner bag.
USED TONER • Indicated when the toner bag isfull. D below.The copier stops.
A E
D B C
2060, 2860/70 DISPLAY 5 - 4 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
No. Message Abnormal state & indication Solution10 PAPER MISFEED Bypass paper jamming The machine is returned to normal
• Indicates when paper jams at conditions automatically by pullingIN BYPASS the bypass guide. A below. the paper out from the bypass guide.
11 MISFEED IN COPIER Paper jammed in the machine. • Press the HELP (INFO) key and• Indicated when paper jams in remove the paper jammed in the
PRESS INFO the machine. B, C, D and H copier following the message.below.
12 MISFEED Original jammed Open the ADF feed cover and• Indicated when an original is remove the jammed original.
IN DOC. FEEDER jammed in the optionaldocument feeder. E and Fbelow.
13 MISFEED IN SORTER: Paper jammed in the sorter. Remove the paper jammed in the• Indicates when paper is jammed sorter and open and close the front
in the sorter. G below. cover once.PRESS INFO
14 MISFEED IN ADU: Indicates when paper is jammed Press the HELP (INFO) key andin the ADU section. I below. remove the paper jammed in the
PRESS INFO copier following the message.
C
A
D
I
G
B
E
H
F
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 5 - 5 2060, 2860/70 DISPLAY
No. Message Abnormal state & indication Solution15 CALL FOR SERVICE: Some or one of the mechanism, Turn off the machine, remove the
motors, switches or sensors are cause of the fault and turn thePRESS INFO abnormal. A below. machine back on.
16 TIME FOR PERIODIC Indication of PM cycle. Maintenance and inspection by a• Indicated when it is time for qualified service technician.
MAINTENANCE periodic maintenance andinspection.
• Capable of copying.
A
2060, 2860/70 DISPLAY 5 - 6 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
5.3 Relationship between Copier Conditions and Operator’s Actions
War
min
g up
–_
__
__
__
__
__
__
Rea
dy_
__
__
__
__
__
__
_
Rep
rodu
ctio
n-ra
tio–
__
__
__
__
__
__
_ch
angi
ng
Cop
ying
–_
––
_–
–_
_–
––
–_
Add
pap
er–
__
__
__
__
__
__
_
Add
tone
r–
__
__
__
__
__
__
_
Key
cop
y co
unte
r no
t–
__
__
__
__
__
__
_in
sert
ed (
optio
nal)
Byp
ass
mis
feed
––
––
––
––
––
––
––
Rep
lace
tone
r ba
g–
–_
__
__
__
__
__
_
Cle
ar p
aper
––
––
––
––
––
––
––
Ser
vice
cal
l–
––
––
––
––
––
––
–
Inte
rrup
t mod
e_
––
__
__
__
–_
–_
_
Ene
rgy-
savi
ng m
ode
_–
––
––
––
–_
––
––
RE
PR
O-
DU
CT
ION
RAT
IOse
lect
ion
key
Dig
ital
keys
PR
INT
key
Con
ditio
n
Ope
ratio
nD
UA
L-P
AG
EC
OP
Yke
y
_: M
achi
ne o
pera
tes
or in
dica
tes
in a
ccor
danc
e w
ith th
e op
erat
or’s
act
ion.
– : O
pera
tion
is ig
nore
d.
(1)
By
pres
sing
the
EN
ER
GY
SA
VE
R k
ey o
r th
e P
RIN
T k
ey, t
he e
nerg
y-sa
ving
mod
e w
ill b
e ca
ncel
led.
(2)
Dur
ing
copy
ing,
avo
id c
hang
ing
expo
sure
as
far
as p
ossi
ble.
(3)
The
func
tion
of th
e C
LEA
R/S
TOP
key
cha
nges
in th
e fo
llow
ing
man
ner
acco
rdin
g to
the
mac
hine
sta
tus.
Dur
ing
copy
ing
......
...In
terr
uptio
n of
the
copy
ing
(Sto
p fu
nctio
n...
..T
he c
opy
quan
tity
indi
cato
r w
ill n
ot c
hang
e.)
Whe
n no
t cop
ying
....W
hen
pres
sed
once
, the
cop
y qu
antit
y in
dica
tor
retu
rns
to “
1”.
(4)
Dur
ing
copy
ing,
avo
id s
heet
byp
ass
feed
ing
beca
use
of p
ossi
ble
pape
r ja
mm
ing.
Not
e:T
he in
terr
upt m
ode
will
be
auto
mat
ical
ly c
ance
lled
whe
n th
e m
achi
ne is
not
use
d fo
r 45
sec
onds
.
CLE
AR
/S
TO
Pke
y
CO
PY
SIZ
Eke
y
CASS
ETTE
SELE
CTIO
Nke
y
INT
ER
-R
UP
Tke
y
EN
ER
GY
SA
VE
Rke
y
ED
GE
ER
AS
Eke
y
IMA
GE
SH
IFT
key
EXPO
SURE
key
She
etby
pass
OR
IGIN
AL
SIZ
Eke
y
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 5 - 7 2060, 2860/70 DISPLAY
5.4 Description of Operation5.4.1 Dot matrix LCD display circuit
(1) Structure
• Dot matrix LCD display circuit has a display ca-
pacity of 40 characters (20 characters x 2 lines).
• 1 character is a unit consisting of ON/OFF lights
made of 35-element (5 x 7) dots.
(2) Drive Operation
• LED control: The LCD’s internal control driver drives.
• What character is displayed in what position: IC19 (main CPU), IC9 (HC244), IC37 (7407), and
IC18 (gate array) of the logic circuit control.
• Message data and executable programs are stored in the main PROM.
• The character codes are stored in the PROM on the LCD.
The main CPU divides the display block into 4 blocks. The main CPU outputs the RAM address data
for the starting position at which each block is displayed and then outputs display data for the number
of characters (10 characters) to be displayed to the LCD. When the message is changed, the main
CPU outputs the display data for the blocks 1~4.
1 2
3 4 (4a)
Display blocks
When changing the display data only for the repro-
duction ratio, the leading RAM address data in the
display position of the reproduction-ratio block (4a)
are first output and then the display data for the
number of reproduction-ratio characters (4 char-
acters) are output to the LCD.
2060, 2860/70 DISPLAY 5 - 8 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
Main CPU
Gate array
AD15
AD0
A7
A0
OE
244~ ~ ~ ~ ~
B7
B0
DB7
DB0
E
RS
LCD-E
LCD-RS
IO10
IO17
O17
O14O15
5.4.2 LED display circuit
(1) LED display method
For example, the following shows how the LED LP12 (APS) lights up for displaying “automatic paper
sensing”.
When DSPON0 signal becomes “L” level, transistor Q2 is turned ON. Further, when IC4 pin14 (D10)
becomes “L” level, current flows from +5VD to LP12 (APS) through the transistor. In this way LP12
(APS) lights up.
+5VD
R9
R11
Q2R
(APS)
LP12
R7
DSPON0“L”
“L” 14
D10
IC4
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 5 - 9 2060, 2860/70 DISPLAY
(2) The actual circuit is controlled as follows.
Condition of LED lighting
1 The transistor (Q1 or Q2) connected on the anode side of the LED is ON status.
2 Output connected on the cathode side of the LED is “L” level.
When the above conditions 1 and 2 are fulfilled, the LED lights.
Refer to the following names of the LED which are ON/OFF controlled by DSPON0/DSPON1 signals.
• The signals of DSPON0 and DSPON1 be-
come “L” level by one turn every 8 msec.
• Q1 (or Q2) is turned ON when DSPON0 (or
DSPON1) is “L” level.
• LED ON/OFF signal from LGC is inputted
to the SIN (pin 26) terminal of IC4 through
DSPDAT signal line. (Serial data)
• The LED ON/OFF signal is inputted to IC2
in serial is outputted to output terminals of
D1 – D16 in parallel.
8 msec 8 msec
Q2OFF
Q2ON
ON
ON ON
DSPON0
DSPON1
DSPDAT
D7
LP14
LP18
Q1ON
Q1OFF
(example)
(example)
(14.2.1 Display Circuit (PWA-DSP) 1/4)
IC4
L/R
BE0
VSSL
LAST
SIN
CKSTB
LATCH
VDD
VSSD0VSSD1VSSD2VSSD3
SOUT
D1D2D3D4D5D6D7D8D9D10D11D12D13D14D15D16
7932M
4
2
1
27
26
293
28
30
8131823
5
25242221201917161514121110976
LP18LTL16KG 12
LP17LTL16KG 12
LP13LTL16KG 12
LTL16KG LP122 1
LP11LTL16KG 12
LTL16KG LP102 1
LP9LTL16KG 12
LTL16KG LP82 1
LP7LTL16KG 12
LTL16KGLP14
2 1
LP15LTL16KG 12
LP16LTL16KG 12
LP6LTL16KG 12
LP5LTL16KG 12
LP4LTL16KG 12
LP3LTL16KG 12
LP2LTL16KG 12
LP1LTL16KG 12
4C8
4C8
4C84C8
4C8
4B8
USER/AJ
DP
EDGE
5VD
SGD
DSPLTH1
DSPCLK
DSON0
DSON1
GND
R121002 1
R71002 1
4B3
1000R19 21
1000R20 1 2
1000R17 1 2
1000R18 21
4B3 4C8
R2100
12
R3100
12
R41002 1
R5100
12
R61002 1
R131002 1
4B3
4B3
4B3
4B3
150R11 21
R9 22001 2
2200R8 21
R10 1501 2
4C8
1000R16
1 2
2SA1428YQ1
3
2
1
Q22SA1428Y
3
2
1
4C8
1000R151 2
VDD
IC3
HC1421
DSPCLK1
IC3
HC1443
DSPRST
O/3
O/2
O/1
O/0
O/USER
AMS
MSB
MSR
MSL
P/3
P/2
P/1
P/0
P/USER
APS
R14100
12
4C8DSPOUT1
EXPO6-1
PHOTOA-EXPO5
EXPO8-3EXPO7-2
EXPO9-4
CKME0.1/25
C4 1
2
C7
CKM33P/50J
12
CKM33P/50J
C6
21
DSPDATDSPLTH
DSPON0 4B8
DSPON1 4B8
2060, 2860/70 DISPLAY 5 - 10 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
Transmission LP SIGNAL DSP-ON-0 LP SIGNAL DSP-ON-1 LC7932order
1 5 DF/SINGL ADF single feeding 6 DF/MULT1 ADF multiple feeding IC1-62 38 CST1 Cassette selection (LCF) 35 PEMP1 Paper empty (LCF) IC1-73 22 CST2 Cassette selection (Copier-U) 17 PEMP2 Paper empty (Copier-U) IC1-94 23 CST3 Cassette selection (Copier-L) 18 PEMP3 Paper empty (Copier-L) IC1-105 24 CST4 Cassette selection (PFP-U) 19 PEMP4 Paper empty (PFP-U) IC1-116 25 CST5 Cassette selection (PFP-M) 20 PEMP5 Paper empty (PFP-M) IC1-127 26 CST6 Cassette selection (PFP-L) 21 PEMP6 Paper empty (PFP-L) IC1-148 27 O/YOKO Horizontal original 28 O/TATE Vertical original IC1-159 12 DFJ ADFJAM (Feeding) 29 DEJ ADFJAM (Exiting) IC1-1610 15 SRVC Call service 11 SJ Sorter JAM IC1-1711 30 TEMP Toner empty 13 EJ Paper existing JAM IC1-1912 16 TFULL Toner full 31 RJ Paper feeding JAM (Before aligning) IC1-2013 33 KCTR Key copy counter withdrawn 36 TJ Paper feeding JAM (After aligning) IC1-2114 32 ADUSTUCK ADU stacking 14 ADUJ ADUJAM IC1-2215 37 PJ PFPJAM IC1-2416 34 MJ Bypass JAM IC1-2517 53 MAG2/G Copy quantity display (tens) 53 MAG1/G Copy quantity display (hundreds) IC2-618 53 MAG2/B Copy quantity display (tens) 53 MAG1/B Copy quantity display (hundreds) IC2-719 53 MAG2/A Copy quantity display (tens) 53 MAG1/A Copy quantity display (hundreds) IC2-920 53 MAG2/F Copy quantity display (tens) 53 MAG1/F Copy quantity display (hundreds) IC2-1021 53 MAG2/E Copy quantity display (tens) 53 MAG1/E Copy quantity display (hundreds) IC2-1122 53 MAG2/D Copy quantity display (tens) 53 MAG1/D Copy quantity display (hundreds) IC2-1223 53 MAG2/C Copy quantity display (tens) 53 MAG1/C Copy quantity display (hundreds) IC2-1424 53 MAG3/G Copy quantity display (units) 52 AC All clear IC2-1525 53 MAG3/B Copy quantity display (units) 50 PS Energy saving IC2-1626 53 MAG3/A Copy quantity display (units) 51 INT Interruption IC2-1727 53 MAG3/F Copy quantity display (units) 4 2IN1 2IN1 IC2-1928 53 MAG3/E Copy quantity display (units) 1 STAPLE Staple mode IC2-2029 53 MAG3/D Copy quantity display (units) 2 SORT Sort mode IC2-2130 53 MAG3/C Copy quantity display (units) 3 GROUP Group mode IC2-2231 7 ADU1 Duplexing (1 → 2) 8 ADU2 Duplexing (2 → 2) IC2-2432 9 ADU3 Duplexing (2 → 1) 10 ADU4 Duplexing (Book → 2) IC2-25
33 IC4-634 *7 P/3 Paper size *1 O/3 Original size IC4-735 *8 P/2 Paper size *2 O/2 Original size IC4-936 *9 P/1 Paper size *3 O/1 Original size IC4-1037 *10 P/0 Paper size *4 O/0 Original size IC4-1138 *11 P/USER Paper size (User adjustment) *5 O/USER Original size (User adjustment) IC4-1239 *12 APS APS *6 AMS AMS IC4-1440 *13 USER/AJ User adjustment *16 MSB Margin shift (Book) IC4-1541 *17 EDGE Edge erasing *15 MSR Right margin shift IC4-1642 *18 DP Dual-page copying *14 MSL Left margin shift IC4-1743 39 PHOTO Photo mode IC4-1944 40 AUTO Automatic exposure 45 EXPO5 Exposure display 5 IC4-2045 49 EXPO9 Exposure display 9 (D MAX.) 44 EXPO4 Exposure display 4 IC4-2146 48 EXPO8 Exposure display 8 43 EXPO3 Exposure display 3 IC4-2247 47 EXPO7 Exposure display 7 42 EXPO2 Exposure display 2 IC4-2448 46 EXPO6 Exposure display 6 41 EXPO1 Exposure display 1 (L MAX.) IC4-25
Mark *: LEDs on PWA-DSPNo mark: LEDs on PWA-KEY
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 6 - 1 2060, 2860/70 DRIVE
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
6. DRIVE SYSTEM6.1 Construction of Drive SystemThe drive system consists of a drum (cleaner unit), developer unit, transport belt, heat roller, exit roller,
transport roller, cassette feed roller and aligning roller.
The drive system is driven by the main motor.
6.2 Description of Operations• Drum drive ......................... Main motor rotation is transmitted to the drum drive pulley via the timing
(Cleaner unit) belt, and drives the drum gear.
• Developer unit drive ........... Main motor rotation is transmitted to the developer unit drive gear via
the timing belt and the gear.
• Heat roller drive .................. Main motor rotation is transmitted to the heat roller gear via timing belt
and gears, and drives the heat roller.
• Transport belt ..................... Transport belt gear is driven by the heat roller gear via the idle gear.
• Exit roller ............................ Exit roller gear is driven by the heat roller gear via the idle gear.
• Aligning roller ..................... Main motor rotation is transmitted to the aligning roller clutch via the
timing belt and gears.
• Transport roller ................... Main motor rotation is transmitted to the transport roller clutch via timing
belts and gears.
• Cassette feed roller ............ Main motor rotation is transmitted to the cassette feed roller via timing
belts and gears.
(G28)
(G28)
Transport roller
(G28) Lower cassette feed roller
(Clutch/G28)
(Clutch/G28)(TP15)
Aligning roller drive gear(G32/G19)
Aligning roller (Clutch/G28)(TP20))
DrumBelt
(G20)(G24/G18)
Exit roller
(G25)
Timing pulleyMain motor(G56/TP24)(G20)
Timing pulley/Drumdrive gear(TP40)
Belt (258 pitch)
(G28)
(G28)
(TP30/G28)
(One-way clutch/TP15)
(One-way clutch/TP20)
(324 pitch)
Belt
(TP24/TP30/G28)
(G26)
Belt(324pitch)
Bypass feed roller(Clutch/G28)
Gear/Developerunit drive gear(G26)/(G23)
(TP24)(G24)
Arm fulcrum
gear (G26)
Belt (248 pitch) (G10)
(246 pitch)Belt
Arm fulcrum gear
(G56)Heat roller
(G20)
(G22)
(G21)
(G30)(G35)
(G27/G19)
(G20)
Transport belt
Timing pulley(G57/TP24/TP19)
(324 pitch)(G72)
Upper cassette feed roller(Clutch/G28)
Belt (324 pitch)
Lower transport roller
(G22)
ADU transport roller(G20)
Drive system (Rear side view)
Timing pulley of theclamshell fulcrum
2060, 2860/70 DRIVE 6 - 2 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
6.3 Disassembly and Replacement[A] Clamshell fulcrum bracket and pulley
(1) Remove the upper rear cover and the upper
feed cover.
(2) Remove the clamshell fulcrum bracket (3
screws).
(3) Remove the 2 belts from the pulley.
(4) Remove the clamshell fulcrum pulley.
[C] Main drive unit
(1) Remove the drum tension bracket (1 screw).
(2) Remove the shaft bracket (1 screw).
(3) Remove the main drive unit (connector and 5
screws).
[B] Main motor
(1) Remove the main motor (2 connectors and 2
screws).
Clamshell fulcrum bracket
Belt
Main motor
Clamshell fulcrum pulley
Connectors
Shaft bracket
Main drive unit
Drum tension bracketConnector
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 6 - 3 2060, 2860/70 DRIVE
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
[D] Main drive unit gears
(1) The developer-unit drive gear and the drum
drive gear are press-fitted to their shafts.
[E] Feed drive unit
(1) Remove the LCF connector bracket (2
screws).
(2) Remove the clamshell fulcrum bracket and the
feed roller bracket (3 screws) and then remove
the pulley and belt.Pulley
Belt
Dev-unit drive gearDrum drive gear
Fuser drive gear
LCF connector bracket
2060, 2860/70 DRIVE 6 - 4 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
(3) Remove the lower feed roller clutch (1 set-
screw).
(4) Remove the pulley and belt for the upper feed
roller (1 stop-ring).
(5) Remove the feed drive unit (3 screws).
• This is easy to remove if the feed drive unit
is slanted.
Feed drive unit
Pulley
Belt
Set-screw
Clutch
Stop-ring
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 6 - 5 2060, 2860/70 DRIVE
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
6.4 Main Motor6.4.1 Main motor drive
Difference
Speedcomparator
Rotationcontrol
Difference
Voltagedetectioncircuit
Excitationphaseswitchingsection
Rotorpositiondetection
Phasecomparator
Hall element A
FG pulse
Phase W
Phase V
Phase U
Main motor (M1)
67
8Controlsignal
(1) The LGC transmits control signals for main motor rotation. (MAIN-CW/CCW: Direction of rotation,
MAINMOT-ON: Motor rotation command)
(2) The excited phase switching unit excites each phase on the main motor → Main motor runs.
(3) Hall elements A to C are used to detect the rotation position of the motor (or rotor).
(4) The excited phase switching unit switches the excitation for each phase.
(By repeating (2) through (4) above, the motor keeps running.)
(5) The FG pulse is generated by the FG pulse pattern and N/S magnets of rotor installed on the main
motor.
(6) The phases and velocities of the FG pulse and the reference frequency from the LGC are com-
pared, and the differences are added. Further to this are added the fluctuations in the supply volt-
age. (Signal generation)
(7) Changes the switching timing for the excited phase switching unit to match the signal amount ob-
tained in step (6).
i.e. control is done to equalize the FG pulse and reference frequency. → The main motor runs at a
constant speed. (Locked range state.)
(8) When the main motor enters the locked range state, the excited phase switching unit transmits the
PLL-OK signal to the LGC. (“L” level).
(9) When the MOT-BRK from LGC enters “L” level, the main motor rotation is braked, and when the
MAINMOT-ON signal enters “H” level, the main motor stops.
Hall element C
Waveshaping
Photo-interruptor
Hallelement B
Reference frequency
+(F-MOT-REF)
PLL-OK
MAIN-CW/CCW
MOT-BRK
MAINMOT-ON
Lockprotectioncircuit
2060, 2860/70 DRIVE 6 - 6 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
6.4.2 Control signals
(1) MAIN-CW/CCW signal (LGC → MOT: Input)
Switches the rotation direction of the main motor. When this signal becomes “L” level, the main
motor rotates counterclockwise as viewed from the rear side, and drives the developer unit, drum,
heat roller, etc.
(2) PLL-OK signal (MOT → LGC: Output)
When the cycle of FG pulse deviation from the reference frequency is within fixed range, this state
is specified as lock range (normal rotation), and this PLL-OK signal becomes “L” level. Also, at this
time, the LED “LP1” light comes on.
(3) F-MOT-REF signal (LGC → MOT: Input)
This signal is a reference clock signal for the main motor to rotate at a fixed speed.
(4) MOT-BRK signal (LGC → MOT: Input)
When it becomes “L” level, the main motor rotation is broken down.
(5) MAINMOT-ON signal (LGC → MOT: Input)
This signal is main motor ON/OFF control signal, when it becomes “L” level, the motor rotates.
Signal level of motor circuit.
Signal “H” level “L” level
MAIN-CW/CCW CW CCW direction
PLL-OK Speed is out of the locked range. Locked range state.
F-MOT-REF Reference clock
MOT-BRK Brake OFF Brake ON
MAINMOT-ON Motor OFF Motor ON
* The signal names indicate a level in the connector J543, respectively.
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 7 - 1 2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
7. OPTICAL SYSTEM7.1 FunctionsIn this copier, the surface of the original is directly exposed to light, and the reflected light is conducted to
the surface of the drum via the mirror, lens, and slit.
The whole original image is reflected on the drum surface through the light source being scanned from
the leading edge to the trailing edge.
This area where functions as above are performed is called the optical section, located at the upper side
of the copier.
Lens unit
Carriage 2
Drum
Mirror 6
Original glass Lens motor Mirror motor
Optical fan
Carriage 1Original widthindicator
Optical system (front view)
Mirror unit
Slit glassScanning motor
2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL 7 - 2 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
7.2 ConstructionThe construction and purpose of the optical section are the followings:
(1) Original glass
The original is placed on this glass. Light from the exposure lamp exposes the surface of the origi-
nal through this original glass.
(2) Carriage 1
Carriage 1 consists of the exposure lamp, reflector, mirror 1, thermofuse, and light distribution
adjustment plates, etc. Carriage 1 is scanned by the scanning motor. The relation between the
scanning speed and the drum rotation speed is specified as follows. In actual-size copying, both
speeds are the same. The reproduction ratio of the direction of paper transport (lengthwise repro-
duction ratio) is specified by this scanning speed being changed. In enlargement copying, the scan-
ning speed is slower than the drum rotation speed, and in reduction copying it is faster.
Mirror 1
Reflector
Light distribution plates
Thermofuse
Exposure lamp
a. Exposure lamp
The light source for exposing the original to light.
b. Reflector
The reflection plate for using the exposure lamp effectively.
The sub-reflector is slit for optical path width cutting.
Mirror 1
Sub-reflector
Original
Exposure lamp
Reflector
Glass
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 7 - 3 2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
c. Mirror 1
The mirror for conducting the reflected light from the original to mirror 2 (mentioned later).
d. Thermofuse
Prevents the exposure lamp from an increase in temperature due to excessive lighting.
e. Light distribution adjustment plates
It is positioned to shield the light irradiated from the reflector on the surface of original, and adjusts the
light intensity.
If the positions for the installation of this adjustment plate at the front or rear side are shifted, and the
light intensity is different at both sides, this may cause uneven light distribution.
(3) Carriage 2
Consists of mirror 2 and 3, conducts the reflected light from mirror 1 to the lens via mirror 2 and 3.
This is also scanned by the scanning motor in the same way as carriage 1.
The scanning speed is half that of carriage 1.
(The scanning distance is also half.)
Mirror 2
Carriage 2
Mirror 3
2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL 7 - 4 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
(4) Lens unit
It is driving by the lens motor. The reflected light from mirror 3 is reversed at the lens focus, and
conducted to mirror 4 (mentioned later).
Lens
Lens unit
(5) Mirror unit
The mirror unit consists of mirror 4 and 5, and conducts the reflected light passing the lens to mirror
6 via mirror 4 and 5. This is driven by the mirror motor. Changing of positions of the lens unit and
mirror unit alters the reproduction ratio of the vertical direction of paper transport (lateral reproduc-
tion ratio).
When the distance of the light path is equal between the original surface and the lens focus and the
lens focus and the drum surface, actual-size copying is obtained.
When the former is longer, reproduction copying is performed, and when shorter, enlargement
copying.
Mirror 5
Mirror 4
Mirror unit
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 7 - 5 2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
(7) Slit (glass)
The sub-reflector performs slit functions therefore the slit glass only protects the optical section
from toner dust, etc.
(8) Copy-area indicator unit
This is located inside the original scale. This is for indication of the maximum area in which the copy
can be made at that time.
The indicator is driven by the document motor. The original range is indicated with the copy-area
indicator and orange line on carriage 1.
Mirror 6
(6) Mirror 6
Conducts the reflected light from mirror 5 to the slit.
Copy areaindicator
Original scale
Carriage 1
Original range where a copycan be made
Original glass
2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL 7 - 6 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
7.3 Description of Operation7.3.1 Scanning motor
The scanning motor rotation is transmitted to carriages 1 and 2 via the timing belt and the carriage drive
wire. Carriage 1 and 2 are first moved to home position. The home position is detected when carriage 1
passes the home switch. When the PRINT key is pressed, carriages 1 and 2 scan the original.
7.3.2 Mirror motor/lens motor
Mirror unitMirror motor
Lens motor
(Rear side)
Tension spring Scanning motor
Carriage 2
Carriage 1Carriage drive wire
Pulley Pulley Pulley Pulley
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 7 - 7 2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
Lens motor
Gear (G18)…motor axis
Gear/pulley (G88/TP16)
Timing belt (pitch length: 810)
Lens unit
Mirror motor
Gear (G18)…motor axis
Gear (G88/G10)
Rack gear (G22)
Mirror unit
↓
↓
↓
↓
↓
↓
Immediately after the power is switched on:
• If the lens/mirror switch is on, the lens unit is transported to the exit side. Then the mirror unit is
transported to the feed side, and it is positioned for actual size copying.
• If the lens/mirror switch is off, the switches are turned on by the lens unit, then the mirror unit in that
order and both units are positioned for actual-size copying.
When the reproduction ratio is selected, the lens unit and the mirror unit are positioned accordingly using
the actual-size position as the starting (standard) position.
7.3.3 Document motor
The front and rear copy area indicators are set at home position, that is, for maximum width, via the
timing belt. When the paper size or reproduction ratio is changed, the indicators are positioned for the
specified size and the original setting position is indicated on the glass.
7.3.4 Optical fan motor
Stops during standby and rotates during copying, and cools the optical section.
2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL 7 - 8 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
7.4 Pulse Motor Drive7.4.1 Pulse motor drive circuit (constant current type)
The scanning motor (M2) is driven by hybrid IC STK6713BMK4 of the unipolar constant current chopper
drive. The driving circuits of A and A phases are shown below. Since B and B phases are exactly the
same, they are omitted here.
The circuit configuration on the inside of the IC is composed of each phase excitation switching section
(IC2), driver (F1, F2), comparator (IC1), and current detection resistor (R7).
The following explains the circuit operation when the A phase is excited.
VCC2
VDD
+24V
R55
C24
R51 G/A
R58
62353
187iON iOFF
21 3øA15
øA13
Td18
Vref9
A
A
A
A
F1
IC1
IC2
IC2
IC2
IC2
F2C1
IC15
R3
DG
GND
R7
R1
D1
PG 4
5
R5
E
ABC
D
D/A DADAT
+—
Internal equivalent circuit of STK6713B
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 7 - 9 2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
– Process when the A phase is excited –
1 øA phase becomes “L” level (øA is “H” level).
2 Reverse input E of the comparator (IC1) is applied the reference voltage which depends on the
resistance divided voltage of the R51, R55, and the R58.
Non-reverse input B is “L” level. Therefore, the output C of IC1 becomes “L” level.
3 According to step 1 and 2, D of IC2 becomes “H” level, and F1 is turned ON. (conductive condi-
tion).
4 Current flows into the coil A from the power supply of +24V, and it gradually increases.
5 The terminal voltage of the current detection resistor R11 increases, and C becomes “H” level and
F1 goes OFF from the moment when voltage B becomes higher than voltage E.
6 Because the winding method of coil A and A is bipolar winding, the energy stored in coil A is induced
in coil A, and is discharged using the coil A.
That is, A current flows in direction of DG (Drive Ground), R7, F2 diode and coil A.
7 When the voltage stored in the condenser C1 lowers, and becomes lower than voltage E , C
becomes “L” level and F1 comes ON again, and winding current of A phase increases.
8 In this manner, the ON/OFF operation of the motor current (constant current chopping operation) is
repeated.
Motor input current waveform
In the case of the excitation of A phase, øA becomes “L” level and F2 comes ON, the same operation is
performed.
The limit of winding value is changed in high torque and low torque by the D/A output. In low torque the
current is lower, in high torque the current is higher.
Low torque : IOH
= 1.0 – 1.15 (A)
High torque: IOH
= 1.25 (A)
IOH =1.25(A)
0 (A)
2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL 7 - 10 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
Waveform time chart of each section
Equivalent circuit
1
0øIN
A
B
C
D
IOFF
ION
VOIreg
Ec
Ioh
0(A)
Vref
0(V)
0(A)
0(A)
Ec: C1 discharge voltage
VCC2
1A2
A3
øA15
øA13
Td18
Vref9
Vref11
Td210
øB14
øB16
B7
B6
PG4
SG5
NC12
F1 F2
IC2 IC2 IC3
IC3IC2
IC2IC1 IC1
IC3
IC3C1
R3
C2
R4
R1
+—
+—
R2
R7
R5 R6
R8
D1 D2
F4 F3 SUB
+—
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 7 - 11 2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
7.4.2 Pulse motor drive circuit (constant voltage type)
Lens motor (M3) (LNS-MOT) ~Driven by IC3 (Logic PC board: TD62308F)
Mirror motor (M4) (MRR-MOT) ~Driven by IC4 (Logic PC board: TD62308F)
Document motor (M11) (DCM-MOT) ~Driven by IC2 (Logic PC board: TD62308F)
In the case of 2-phase excitation, the figure on the
right shows the signals applied to the base of tran-
sistors QA, QB, QA, and QB.
An ON/OFF combination of the transistor is
switched.
The combination of the current flowing phases is
switched.
The motor rotates.
→→
Phase A
Phase A
Phase B
Phase B
647
48
DC24V
DA DA
QA QA QB QB
DB DB
TD62308F
ON ON
ONON
ON ON
ONON
A
B
A
B
2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL 7 - 12 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
7.5 Exposure Control Circuit7.5.1 Introduction
The exposure control circuit is composed of four blocks as follows.
1 Lamp regulator Applies a pulse duty ratio corresponding to PWM signal
to the exposure lamp.
2 Automatic exposure sensor circuit Generates an AES signal indicating the density of the
original by sensing the light reflected by the surface of
the original.
3 Exposure step Detects the exposure position set by the operator’s key
input
4 Arithmetic and control unit Determines the lamp voltage by computation on the
basis of AES and exposure step, and outputs the PWM
signal to the lamp regulator.
Note : The ON/OFF state of the exposure lamp is controlled by a special signal (EXPON; J2-A18),
distinct from the PWM signal.
64
48
64
86
44
86
48
Original
Exposure lamp
Automatic exposuresensor circuit
Main CPU(IC19)
Lampregulator
RAM(IC30)
*PWM signal
AES signalPWA-AES
Control Panel
Arithmetic and control unitPWA-LGC
Key input
Gate array(IC18)
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 7 - 13 2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
The exposure control circuit has the following two functions:
A Manual exposure mode ..................A constant lamp voltage corresponding to the set exposure
step on the exposure lamp is applied.
B Automatic exposure mode ..............The quantity of light reflected by the surface of the original,
which varies infinitely with the lightness and darkness of
the surface of the original, is detected by the automatic ex-
posure sensor circuit, and the voltage applied to the expo-
sure lamp is continually varied accordingly; a high lamp
voltage being impressed for dark originals and a low lamp
voltage for light originals.
7.5.2 Operation of lamp regulator
A typical characteristic curve is shown in the following diagram.
By means of a phase-angle control system, a lamp voltage corresponding to the PWM pulse duty
ratio input is generated even if some fluctuation occurs in the AC input voltage.
PWM pulse duty ratio [%]
170/85 V approx.
76/38 V approx.
Lamp voltage
Range of actual use
Ran
ge o
f act
ual u
se
200 V series
100 V series
Limiter voltage
40 % 90 %
190/95 V approx.
[Characteristic curve of the lamp regulator]
2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL 7 - 14 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
7.5.3 Automatic exposure sensor circuit
By the action of IC1, the incidence of light upon photocell PD1 is generated as an AES signal on J1-
B13 (PWA-LGC).
Dim reflected lightf Small AES output
Intense reflected lightf Large AES output
7.5.4 Arithmetic and control unit
The arithmetic and control unit is composed of the following four blocks.
1 AD converter
The AES signal is input into the analog input terminals of the CPU (IC19) and converted to
digital.
2 SRAM with built-in battery (BC-RAM)
Consists of IC30, which stores exposure adjustment data to ensure that optimum exposure is
performed for each reproduction ratio and for automatic exposure.
3 Main CPU (IC19)
Incorporates software which computes the voltage to be applied to the lamp in accordance with
the copying mode, such as enlargement/reduction, automatic exposure, and manual exposure,
and the adjustment data in BC-RAM.
4 PWM timer circuit
Consists of the circuit shown in figure below.
The data resulting from the computation performed by the CPU described in item 3 above, are
converted to PWM signals by the gate array, and output to J2-A17 via IC10 from the PWM
output terminal of the gate array.
Lamp regulator
Gate array
7407
PWM
PS-LRG
IC10
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 7 - 15 2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
7.5.5 Lamp regulator circuit
The lamp regulator monitors the AC input voltage to control the exposure lamp to a fixed intensity.
(Method) • The AC input voltage is detected.
• The waveform rectifying circuit rectifies the AC input voltage to a DC voltage approxi-
mated to the effective value of the input voltage.
• This DC voltage and pulse signal are rectified, and compared with the reference voltage
and amplified.
• According to the output, the trigger pulse generation circuit generates a trigger pulse
synchronous with the power source frequency.
• The energization angle of the triac is controlled.
Makes the voltage at both ends of the lamp constant.
(PWM)Pulse signal
Trigger pulsegenerationcircuit
Pulsewaveformrectifying circuit
ff
ff
=
Exp
osur
e la
mp
Differentialamplifier
Waveformrectifying circuit
Reference pulse signalsetting circuit
2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL 7 - 16 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
7.6 Automatic Original-Size Detection CircuitThis circuit detects the original size (standard sizes only) using the 3-beam type reflecting photosensor
and 2 – 3 reflecting photosensors (3 for A4 series, 2 for LT series) on the base frame of the optical unit.
7.6.1 Principle of original-size detection
On the base frame of the optical unit, the reflecting
photosensor (3-beam type) and 2 – 3 reflecting
photosensors (3 for A4 series, 2 for LT series). Each
photosensor consists of an infrared light emitting
diode (light-emitting side LED) and a phototransistor
(light-receiving side). When an original is placed
on the original glass, the light emitted by the LEDs
is reflected by the original and led to the
phototransistor. In this way, the presence or ab-
sence of an original is detected by whether reflected
light exists or not.
7.6.2 Original size detection
(1) If the copier is set in the original size detection mode, the carriage is set at its home position.
(2) Detection is performed in an instant when the original cover is opened, each sensor receive the
reflecting light and the condition of a matrix shown in (4) are satisfied.
(3) Original size detection is performed when the output signals from each sensor are input to the gate
array (IC18) and the main CPU (IC19). IC18 and IC19 are on the logic PC board.
APS-F
APS-C
APS-0~2
APS-R
OriginalOriginal glass
Original size detection circuit
(Reflecting photosensor)
(Reflecting photosensor)
(Reflecting photosensor (3-beamtype))
(Reflecting photosensor)This sensor does not exist in theLT series.
Reflecting photosensor
14
44
42
44
44
31
442
443
Reflecting multi-beamsensor
APS-R
APS-C
APS-F
APS-2
APS-0
APS-1
197
196
195
128
130
129
IN32
IN31
IN30 IC18
PD3
PD1
PD2 IC19
Main CPU
Gate array
GND
VDD
PWA-LGC
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 7 - 17 2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
APS-2
APS-1
APS-0
APS-R
APS-C
APS-F
A5-RB5-R
A4-R
B4
A3
A5
A4
B5
A4 series
Paper exit side
LT series
Sensor detection points
ST-R
ST-R
ST, LT-R, LG
LT, LD
LT-R LGST
COMP
LDLT
APS-CAPS-2
APS-1
APS-0
APS-F
(4) Original size is determined by a combination of the presence/absence of the original. Combination
charts for size determination of A4 series and LT series are shown below in input level at ports PD1
~ PD3 (Main CPU: IC19) and ports IN30 ~ IN32 (Gate array: IC18).
* LT series does not use IN32.
“•” are detection points for each sensor
2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL 7 - 18 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
A4 series
Main CPU (IC19) Port Input Level Gate array (IC18)(APS-2) (APS-1) (APS-0) (APS-F) (APS-C) Original
PD3 PD2 PD1 IN30 IN31 sizeH H H H H Original not exist
L L H H H STL H H H H ST-RL L L H H LTL L H H L LT-RL L H L L LGL L L L L LD
LT series
Main CPU (IC19) Port Input Level Gate array (IC18)(APS-2) (APS-1) (APS-0) (APS-F) (APS-C) (APS-R) Original
PD3 PD2 PD1 IN30 IN31 IN32 sizeH H H H H H Original not exist
L L H H H H A5L L L H H H B5L H H H H H A5-RL L L H H L A4L * H H L H B5-RL L H L L H A4-RL L L L L H B4L L L L L L A3
Note:
H: Original detected
L: Original not detected
*: H and L whichever is sufficient
Port input level (Main CPU: IC19, Gate array: IC18)
= Output level of each sensor
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 7 - 19 2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
7.7 Disassembly and Replacement7.7.1 Original glass
(1) Remove the glass fix (2 screws).
(2) Remove the original glass in the direction of
the arrow.
Glass fix
Optical cover
(3) Remove the automatic exposure sensor unit
(1 screw).
(4) Remove the connector (1) and the screws (2)
and take off the PC board.
7.7.2 Automatic exposure sensor PC board
(PWA-AES)
(1) Remove the original glass and move carriages
1 and 2 to the exit side.
(2) Remove the optical cover (2 screws).
Note: Be careful not to deform the black sheets
of either side of the lens unit when moving
the lens unit with its optical cover removed.
Move the lens unit toward the paper feed
side to protect the black sheet when install-
ing the optical cover.
Original glass
Automatic exposure sensor unit
Paper feed sideBlack sheet
Connector
2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL 7 - 20 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
7.7.3 Optical fan (front)
(1) Open the front cover.
(2) Remove the inner cover (3 screws).
(3) Disconnect a connector and remove 2 screws.
Optical fan (front)
7.7.4 Optical fan (rear)(1) Remove the upper rear cover.(2) Remove the connector (1) and the screws (2).
Optical fan (rear)
7.7.5 Lens motor/mirror motor
(1) Remove the optical cover.
(2) Remove each motor (2 screws each).
(3) Remove the each connector.
Mirror motor
Lens motorHarness cover
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 7 - 21 2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
7.7.7 Exposure lamp and thermal fuse(1) Remove the original glass and the rear top cover.(2) Move the carriage 1 to the position that the lamp
terminal is visible.(3) Remove the exposure lamp while bending the
power supply blade. Attention should be paidnot to touch lamp surface. (It may lead to un-even exposure.)
Note : When installing, position the lamp so that theTOSHIBA mark faces to the front. Moreover,the projection on the exposure lamp shouldface to the exit side. Lamp
Projection Reflector(4) To replace the thermofuse, remove the 2
screws.
Thermal fuse
Exposure lamp
Exit side
7.7.6 Automatic paper-size detector
(1) Remove the original glass.
(2) Remove the 3 beams sensor. (2 screws, 1
connector).
(3) Remove the reflecting photosensors (1 screw,
1 connector).
3 beam sensor
Reflecting photosensor
Reflecting photosensor
3 beam sensor Reflecting photosensor
[Front side] [Rear side]
[A4 series]
[LT series]
2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL 7 - 22 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
7.7.8 Copy area indicator unit
(1) Remove the left top cover, the upper rear cover
and the control panel.
(2) Remove the transparent indicator cover (2
screws).
(3) Disconnect the document motor connector.
(4) To take out the document motor, disconnect a
connector and remove the 2 screws.
Remove the belt.
Note: To install the belt, place both indicators
against the bracket projection and set the
belt in the groove on the indicator. Documentmotor Belt
7.7.9 Scanning motor
(1) Remove the upper rear cover.
(2) Disconnect the connector. Remove 2 screws,
the tension spring, the wire drive belt, and the
scanning motor bracket.
Note: When installing;
1. Hang the tension spring on to the copi-
er’s frame.
2. Hang the wire drive belt on the scanning
motor pulley and then the belt drive pul-
ley. Attach the screws A and B tempo-
rarily.
3. Hang the tension spring on to the scan-
ning motor bracket.
4. Tighten the screws A and then B after a
proper tension is applied by the spring
while screws A and B are loosened.
Original width indicator unit
Wire drive beltB
Scanning motor
Belt drive pulley
ATension spring
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 7 - 23 2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
7.7.10 Home switch
(1) Remove the top left cover.
(2) Remove the connector and the 2 claws on the
bracket, then take out the home switch.
7.7.11 Platen switch
(1) Remove the upper rear cover and the rear top
cover.
(2) Remove the platen switch unit (2 screws).
Home switch
Platen switch
Connector Claw
(3) Remove the 3 screws and take out the scan-
ning motor.
Scanning motor
2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL 7 - 24 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
7.7.12 Carriage 1
(1) Remove the original glass, the left top cover,
the transparent indicator cover and the upper
rear cover.
(2) Remove the 2 brackets which attach carriage
1 to the wire (1 screw each).
[Front side]
[Rear side]
Wire fixingbracket
(3) Remove the platen switch actuator by press-
ing and turning it in the direction of the arrow
(arrows 1 to 3 ). Then remove the connec-
tor and 2 claws.
Platen switch actuator
Platenswitch
Home switchclaws
1
3
2
Platen switchclaws
Wire fixingbracket
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 7 - 25 2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
(3) Remove the cable for carriage 1 from the ca-
ble holder of carriage 2.Carriage 2 Cable holder
Cable
(4) Remove the cable holder.
Disconnect the connector.
Remove the earth wire (1 screw).
(5) Tilt entire the unit of carriage 1 and pull it out
upwards.
Note: Adjustments are necessary when installing
carriage 1.
Carriage 1
Cable holderEarth wire
Connector
2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL 7 - 26 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
7.7.14 Lens unit
(1) Remove the lens cover.
(2) Remove the upper exit cover and the left top
cover.
(3) Remove the cable guide (1 screw).
(4) Remove the lens/mirror drive unit.
(5) Remove the indicator unit.
Cable guide
(6) Remove the tension bracket (1 screw).
Tension bracket
7.7.13 Mirror 1
(1) Remove the carriage 1.
(2) Remove the plate springs (2) which fix mirror
1.
(3) Remove the mirror 1.
Mirror 1
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 7 - 27 2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
(8) Remove the lens unit from the lens/mirror
shaft.
Lens unit
7.7.15 Mirror unit and mirrors 4 and 5
(1) Remove the lens unit.
(2) Remove the mirror unit from the lens/mirror
shaft.
(3) Remove the plate springs (2 each) to take out
the mirrors.
Note: Adjustments are necessary when installing
the mirror unit.
Mirror unit
Mirror 5
Mirror 4
(7) Remove the lens/mirror shaft bracket (1
screw).
Shaft hold bracketLens/mirror shaft
2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL 7 - 28 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
7.7.16 Lens/mirror drive unit
(1) Remove the right top cover, rear top cover,
optical cover and upper rear cover.
(2) Remove the glass stay in front and rear (4
screws).
(3) Remove the cable holder and the earth wire
(1 screw).
(4) Disconnect the connector from rear side, and
remove the 2 screws.
Glass stay (rear)
Glass stay (rear)
Lens/mirror drive unit
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 7 - 29 2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
7.7.18 Carriage 2
(1) Remove the carriage 1.
(2) Remove the lens/mirror drive unit.
(3) Set the wire holder jig to the wire drive pulley
on the front and rear side.
Wire drive pulley (front side)
Wire holder jig
Wire drive pulley (rear side)
Wire holder jig
7.7.17 Lens/mirror switch(1) Disconnect the connector. Remove the lens/
mirror drive unit (2 screws).(2) Disconnect the connector. Remove the lens/
mirror switch with its bracket (2 screws).
(3) Remove the hook. Disconnect the 2 connec-
tors. Remove the lens/mirror switch.
Connector Connector
Lens/mirror switch Connector
2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL 7 - 30 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
(5) Remove carriage 2.
7.7.19 Mirror 2 and Mirror 3
(1) Remove carriage 2.
(2) Remove the plate springs (2 each).
Carriage 2
Carriage 2
Mirror 3
Mirror 2
(4) Remove the tension spring on the front and
rear side. Tension spring
[Rear side][Front side]
Tension spring
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 7 - 31 2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
Upper unit release lever
7.7.22 Exit fan motor
(1) Remove the upper exit cover and rear cover.
(2) Remove the 2 screws each which secure the
clamshell release lever and the upper exit
roller unit.
(3) Take out the 1 screw securing the fan unit.
(4) Remove the connector.
(5) Remove the exit fan motor.
Exit fan motor
Fan unit
Connector
7.7.20 Upper exit roller
(1) Remove the upper exit cover and rear cover.
(2) Remove the upper exit roller unit (2 screws).
(3) Remove the upper exit roller from its fitting in
the bracket.
7.7.21 Exit side ozone filter
(1) Remove the upper exit cover.
(2) Pull the ozone filter out.
Note: When replacing it with a new filter, be care-
ful not to crush or otherwise damage it with
your fingers.
Fan unitOzone filter
Upper exit roller unit
Screw
2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL 7 - 32 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
(5) Remove the one screw on the rear side wire
drive pulley.
(6) Remove the stopper ring and bearing in front
and rear side.
(7) Remove the whole wire drive shaft.
(8) Remove the rear side wire drive pulley from
the shaft. Remove the front side wire drive
pulley (1 screw).
Stop-ring
Bearing
Bearing
Stop-ring
[Front side]
[Rear side]
7.7.23 Carriage drive wire
(1) Remove the carriages 1 and 2.
(2) Remove the scanning motor and the belt.
(3) Remove the belt drive pulley (1 screw).
(4) Remove the fan unit.
Belt drive pulley
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 7 - 33 2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
7.7.24 Slit glass, mirror 6 cover
(1) Remove the process unit.
[Rear side]
Mirror 6 cover hook
[Front side]
Note: How to wind the carriage drive wires
1. Fit the end “D” of the carriage drive wire
in the groove of the wire drive pulley and
wind the carriage drive wire in the direc-
tion and the number of turns shown in the
figure on the right. (Do not allow the wire
to twist while winding it.)
2. Install the wire holding jig from the side
indicated with an arrow.
Wire holding jig
End “D”
Wire holding jig
[Front side]
[Rear side]
End “D”1 turns1
25 turns
1 turns12 5 turns
2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL 7 - 34 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
(3) Remove the mirror 6 cover (1 hook).
(4) Remove the slit glass from the mirror 6 cover
releasing the claw.
Note: Be sure not to let the slit glass fall during
installation or removal.
Mirror 6 coverGlass hook
Cover hook
Slit glassCover hook
7.7.25 Mirror 6
(1) Remove the optical cover and the mirror 6
cover.
(2) Remove the mirror 6 bracket (3 screws, 2
hooks).
(3) Take out the mirror 6 bracket in the direction
of the arrow.
(4) Remove the 2 plate springs and take out mir-
ror 6.
Installation hole
Mirror 6
Plate spring
Plate spring
Mirror 6 bracket installation screw
Mirror 6 bracket hooks
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 7 - 35 2060, 2860/70 OPTICAL
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
7.7.26 Upper damp heater-1
(1) Remove the optical cover and the inner cover.
(2) Remove the connector.
(3) Remove the screw and take out the upper
damp heater-1.
ConnectorUpper damp heater-1
7.7.27 Upper damp heater-2
(1) Remove the original glass.
(2) Remove the upper exit cover.
(3) Remove the connector.
(4) Remove the screw and take out the upper
damp heater-2
Upper damp heater-2
Connector
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 8 - 1 2060, 2860/70 FEEDER
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
8 PAPER FEEDING SECTION8.1 FunctionsThis unit sends paper which is set in the paper cassette or the bypass tray to the transfer position.
The paper feeding section is mainly comprised of manual feed roller, pick-up rollers, paper feed rollers,
separation rollers, transport rollers, aligning roller, manual feed switch, paper empty switch, paper size
switch, paper feed switch, paper stop switch and also their drive mechanism.
The following explains each part function.
(1) Pick-up roller/manual feed roller
Sends paper in the bypass tray or the paper cassette to the paper feed roller and the roller moves up
and down on each occasion of paper feeding.
(2) Paper feed roller
This is the opposite of the separation roller, sending paper fed from the pick-up roller to the transport
roller.
(3) Separation roller
This is the opposite of the paper feed roller. When two sheets or more are fed from the pick-up roller,
the load of the torque limiter of the separation roller is greater than the friction power between the
sheets of paper, the separation roller stops, causing the lower sheet also to stop and not be fed at
that moment. But in the case of single sheet feeding, it rotates at the same timing as the paper feed
roller so that it has the rotation force of that roller.
(4) Transport roller
Transport the paper from the feed roller to the aligning roller.
(5) Aligning roller
Paper fed from the paper feed roller is stuck against the aligning roller which is at rest, and leading
edge alignment is performed.
Then the aligning roller rotates to feed paper to the developing position.
Further, the aligning roller is contacted with the brush to prevent paper dust from adhering to the
aligning roller due to paper alignment. The following explains about switches which detect paper
size, paper presence and paper feeding position for ON/OFF control of each roller.
(6) Manual feed switch
Detects if paper is set in the bypass tray. If this is the case, manual paper feeding has priority over
cassette paper feeding.
(7) Paper-empty switch
This sensor detects paper in the paper cassette by the use of the actuator. When there is no paper in
the cassette, the actuator intercepts the transmitted light in the sensor, causing a paper-empty situ-
ation to be detected.
2060, 2860/70 FEEDER 8 - 2 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
(8) Paper size switch
Consists of four push-type switches.
In the paper cassette, tabs are installed so that any of these switches (1 to 4) is pressed when a
paper cassette is installed in the copier.
Corresponding to which switch is being pressed, paper size detection is performed.
(9) Paper stop switch
Detects the leading/trailing edge of paper passing through the paper transport roller.
Jam detection such as for paper misfeeding, etc. is also used.
(10)Paper aligning switch
Detects that the leading edge of the paper has arrived at the aligning roller.
Also detects that the trailing edge of the paper has passed through the aligning roller.
If the former is detected, it reads that the aligning roller has completed paper alignment.
Paper feeding section sectional view (Front side)
Manual feed roller
Manual switch
Manual pick-up roller
Manual switch actuator
Paper stop switch-1
Separation roller
Transport roller-2
Paper stop switch-2
Lower aligning roller
Transport roller-1
Separation padFeed rollerAligning switch
Cassette traylift-up unit
Upper aligningroller
Pick-uproller
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 8 - 3 2060, 2860/70 FEEDER
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
Manual feed clutch
Aligning roller clutch
Main motor
Feed clutch (upper)
Transportclutch
Feed clutch (lower)
Paper feeding section drive system (Rear side)
Cassette tray-up/down unit
2060, 2860/70 FEEDER 8 - 4 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
8.1.1 Manual pick-up roller vertical movement
When drive power is transmitted to the feed roller, rotation power is sent to the pick-up lever via the
spring clutch. Then the pick-up arm falls by its own weight and the spring clutch stops in the position in
which it has bumped into the stopper.
When the drive power of the feed roller is lost, the pick-up lever is lifted up by the force of the lever spring
after which the pick-up arm is also raised.
8.1.2 Cassette pick-up roller vertical movement
When the cassette is inserted, the cassette lever d pushes up the lever a in the direction A. Then the
pick-up roller is caused to fall by its own weight due to the link mechanism of the levers b and c.
Spring clutchDrive power
Feed roller
Lever spring
Pick-up arm
Lever d
Lever c
Cassette insertion directionLever a
Pick-up roller
Lever b
Spring
Pick-up roller
Pick-up lever
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 8 - 5 2060, 2860/70 FEEDER
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
8.1.3 Paper separation operation
Since no paper separation claws are used in the
cassette, a paper separation roller is installed in-
side the machine. The separation roller section
consists of a paper feed roller, separation roller,
spring joint, etc., as shown.
The feed roller is rotated by the feed clutch in the
direction of the arrow ( ) at the same timing
as the pick-up roller.
As shown in the lower right figure, two sheets feed-
ing are occured, since the friction between the
sheets is smaller, the lower sheet is stopped being
fed any further while the upper sheet is forced to
be transported by the feed roller in the direction of
the arrow ( ).
[Example]
When only one sheet of paper 1 has entered into
the separation roller section, since the feed roller’s
transporting force is stronger than the separation
roller’s braking force, the separation roller is forced
to rotate causing the sheet to be sent toward the
aligning roller ( ).
When, two sheets (1 and 2) have entered into
the separation roller section at the same time, since
the powers of the feed roller’s transporting and
separation roller’s braking are greater than the fric-
tion power of the paper, the paper 1 is transported
toward in the direction of the arrow ( ) and
the paper 2 is not transported any further by the
separation roller.
Feed roller
Separation roller
Spring joint
1
2
Feed roller
Separation roller
2060, 2860/70 FEEDER 8 - 6 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
8.2 Cassette Feeding Operations8.2.1 Operation explanation
[A] From power-on until standby status
(1) When the power is turned on for the copier, the tray motors (M13/14) are set to ON and the trays at
each level start to rise. When the trays are raised, the tray-up switches (S28/29) are turned on (L →
H), and the tray motors (M13/14) are turned off, which stops the upward motion of the trays. At this
point, if the empty switches (S3/14) are off (L), it is determined that paper is not present. If the empty
switches are on (H), it is determined that paper is present. The trays stop in their raised position
regardless of whether there is paper or not.
(2) If the power is turned on when the cassette has been removed, the tray motor for that level does not
come on. When the cassette is inserted in the slot, the tray is raised and the presence or absence of
paper is determined.
(3) If either of the paper stop switches (S7/16) or the aligning switch (S8) is ON (because there is paper
in the paper path) when the power is turned on, it is determined that a paper jam has occurred and
operation is not possible until the paper is removed.
[B] Standby mode
(1) After the paper supply is checked by the raising of the trays as described above, the standby mode
is obtained. In the standby mode, the trays remain in their raised position.
(2) When the cassette is inserted or removed in the standby mode, the tray is raised again to check the
paper supply.
[C] Manual feeding
• The manual feed switch detects the presence of manual feeding paper.
• The manual solenoid is turned on, and the pick-up roller and the manual feed roller are rotated.
• The pick-up roller is lowered, and paper feeding is started.
• The leading edge of the paper turns on the paper aligning switch and is aligned at the aligning
roller.
• The manual feed clutch is turned off, and the pick-up roller and manual feed roller stopped rotat-
ing, and then the pick-up roller is raised.
• The aligning clutch is turned on, and the paper is transported to the transfer process.
[D] Cassette feeding (upper or lower)
• The feed clutch and the transport clutch are turned on, and the feed roller and the transport roller
are rotated, and then paper feeding is started.
• The leading edge of the paper turns on the paper stop switch, then the feed clutch is turned off.
• The leading edge of the paper turns on the aligning switch, and is aligned at the aligning roller.
• The transport clutch is turned off, and the transport roller is stopped.
• The aligning clutch is turned on, and the paper is transported to the transfer process.
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 8 - 7 2060, 2860/70 FEEDER
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
8.3 Motor Drive Circuit8.3.1 Brush motor drive circuit
Tray-up motor (T-UP-MOT) : Driven by IC13 (upper cassette)/IC12 (lower cassette) (PWA-LGC:
TA8428)
The block diagram of TA8428 is shown below.
IN1 and IN2 are input terminals for the signals from the microcomputer. In the control section, the motor
is controlled on and off based on the signals from the microcomputer. For the control, refer to the table
below.
Input OutputIN1 IN2 M (+) M (–) DescriptionH H L L BRAKEL H L H CCW (upward)H L H L CW (downward)L L OFF (high impedance) STOP
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
IN1 IN2 M(+) GND M(–) N.C. VCC
Control logic
Protection foroverheating andover current
2060, 2860/70 FEEDER 8 - 8 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
8.4 Disassembly and Replacement8.4.1 Manual feed unit (roller)
(1) Remove the upper feed cover and left feed
cover.
(2) Remove the screw and bracket in the front side,
and then take out the manual feed tray unit.
b a cd a d
(3) Remove screw a, and then b and c.
(4) Disconnect the connector of the electromag-
netic clutch.
(5) Remove the manual feed unit (screw d) while
pressing the separation pad.
Bracket Manual tray unit
Separation pad
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 8 - 9 2060, 2860/70 FEEDER
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
[A] Manual feed roller
(1) Remove the stop ring.
(2) Pull out the feed roller in the direction of the
arrow A.
[B] Pick-up roller
(1) Remove the stop-ring.
(2) Pull out the ø6 shaft in the direction of the ar-
row B.
Notes: Pay attention to the following points when
reassembling the manual, pick-up, feed and
separation rollers.
1. Set the timing belt securely on the pul-
ley.
2. Be careful not to mistake the setting po-
sition of the timing belt (manual feed
roller).
3. Put the clip properly into the slot of the
shaft.
4. Check that oil etc. has not adhered to the
surface of the timing belts, pulleys and
rollers.
5. Make sure of the roller orientation.
Stop-ring
Pick-up roller
Stop-ring
Feed roller
Belt tension roller
Paper
Paper feed roller
Separation pad
Pick-up roller
2060, 2860/70 FEEDER 8 - 10 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
8.4.2 Separation pad
(1) Remove the manual feed unit (roller).
(2) Remove the separation pad bracket (2 screws)
and then take the bracket out toward the front.
(3) Remove the spring and then the separation pad.
Note: Be careful not to damage the manual feed
switch at the time of installation.
Separation pad
Spring
Separation pad
Separation pad
Separation pad bracket
Separation pad bracket
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 8 - 11 2060, 2860/70 FEEDER
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
8.4.3 Aligning unit
(1) Remove the front inner cover, the lower inner
cover and the transfer/separation charger unit.
(2) Disconnect the connector of the developer bias
harness from the HVT transformer. Remove the
pulley and belt in the rear side of the aligning
roller.
(3) Remove the aligning unit fixing screws. (front:
2 pcs., rear: 1pc.)
(4) Disconnect the connectors of the clutch in the
rear side and the aligning switch.
(5) Slide the aligning unit to the rear side and lift
up the unit to remove it.
Note: When installing the aligning unit, insert the
rotation stopper of the electromagnetic
clutch properly into the rear side bracket
and securely hook the belt to the pulley.
[A] Aligning roller (upper, lower)
(1) Remove the aligning guide (2 screws).
Aligning unit
Aligning roller (upper)
BeltPulley Aligning unit
Rotation stopper
Aligning switch harness
Clutch connector
Aligning guide
2060, 2860/70 FEEDER 8 - 12 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
(2) Remove the aligning pressure spring.
(3) Remove the bushes (upper, lower, 2 each).
[B] Paper dust cleaning brush
(1) Remove the brush (2 screws).
(When the unit is installed in the machine, the
brush can be removed/installed if the transfer/
separation charger has been taken out).
(4) Lift up the aligning rollers (upper and lower) in
the direction of the arrow D to remove them.
Bush (lower)
Bush (upper)
Aligning pressure spring
Aligning roller (upper)
Aligning roller(lower)
Bush (lower)
Aligning roller (lower)
Aligning roller (upper)
Aligning roller (upper)
Bush(upper)
Pressure spring
D
Paper dust cleaning brush
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 8 - 13 2060, 2860/70 FEEDER
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
8.4.4 Cassette feed section
(1) Remove the right feed cover.
(2) Open the jam release cover.
(3) Remove the hinge (2 screws).
(4) Remove the harness cover.
(5) Remove the jam release cover.
(6) Disconnect the connector from the feed unit.
Note: If the LCF has been installed on the copier,
use the following procedure to remove the
harness cover and the connector.
1. Remove the right feed cover.
2. Remove the hinge stopper for the LCF
in order to open it fully.
3. Open the LCF fully.
4. Remove the harness cover.
5. Disconnect the connector from the feed
unit.
(7) Pull out the cassette.
(8) Disconnect the paper size detection switch
harness from the switch.
(9) Remove the two paper feed unit fixing screws,
and pull out the unit toward the front side.
Harness cover
Connector Jam release cover
Paper feed unitHarness
Hinge
Right feed cover Hinge stopper
LCF
2060, 2860/70 FEEDER 8 - 14 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
(2) Remove the separation roller holder (2 screws).
(3) Remove the pick-up roller from the arm.
(4) Slide the feed roller in the direction of the ar-
row A and pull out the bush from the shaft.
(5) Remove the stop-ring and pick-up arm from the
shaft and pull out the feed roller.
Bush
Clutchbracket
One-way clutch(CLUTCH-6-R)
[A] Cassette feed unit (rollers)
(1) Remove the clutch bracket.
Clutch bracket
(6) Remove the lever and separation roller with
shaft from the holder.
(7) Remove the cover, arbor and clutch spring, and
then separation roller from the shaft.
Feed rollerPick-up arm
Stop-ring
One-way clutch(CLUTCH-6-L)
Holder
Shaft
Separationroller
Spring
Arbor
Spring
ArborLever
Clutch spring
Separation roller
Cover
Pick-up rollerCassette feed unit
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 8 - 15 2060, 2860/70 FEEDER
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
Note: When installing the manual feed, pick-up,
paper feed and separation rollers, pay at-
tention to the following items.
1. Insert a pin in the pulley.
2. Make sure the timing belt is correctly
looped on the pulley.
3. Make sure the lock direction of the one-
way clutch is correct.
4. Make sure the clip is set in the shaft
groove.
5. Make sure no oil gets on the surface of
the timing belt, pulley and roller.
6. Make sure of the roller orientation.
LOCK
LOCK
LOCK
CLUTCH-6-L
CLUTCH-6-R
Paper
Pick-up rollerSeparation roller
Paper feed roller
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 9 - 1 2060, 2860/70 DRUM
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
9. DRUM-RELATED SECTION9.1 Construction
In this section, the drum-related parts including the drum are described. (The cleaner unit is excepted.)
Construction of the parts is as follows.
• Upper unit Drum
Main charger High-voltage transformer unit
LED eraser array, discharge lamp
• Lower unit Transfer/separation charger High-voltage transformer unit
Transfer guide bias
Transport-belt unit
Separationcharger
Transfercharger
Bias guide
Transport belt unit
Main charger
Discharge lamp
LED eraser array
Mirror 6
Slit glass
Drum
2060, 2860/70 DRUM 9 - 2 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
9.2 Drive Mechanism
Timing pulley (TP40)/Drum drive gear (G20)
Belt (248 pitch)
Timing pulley(G56/TP24)
Main motor (G10)
Belt(246 pitch)
Arm fulcrum gear(TP28/G21)
(G56) Heat roller
Drum(G72)
Belt(324 pitch)
Timing pulley(G57/TP24/TP19)
Transportbelt
(G20) (G35)
Fuser/Transportbelt drive gear(G25)
Transport belt drivegear (G27/G19)
• Drum drive
Gear (teeth: 20)……Copier rear side (inside of rear frame)
Drum gear (teeth: 72) → Drum (inside of cleaner unit)
• Transport belt drive
Gear (teeth: 19)……Copier rear side (inside of rear frame)
Transport belt gear (teeth: 20) → Transport belt
Front side view Removing fuser unit and transport belt unit
→
→
G25
Rear side sectional view
Dev-unit drivegear G23
G25
G20
TP28/G21
Transport beltdrive gearG27/G19
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 9 - 3 2060, 2860/70 DRUM
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
9.3 Functions9.3.1 Main charger, discharge lamp, and
LED eraser array
[A] Main charger
(1) Applies a negative electrical charge to the drum
(through a high-voltage transformer).
[B] Discharge lamp
(1) Remove any electrical charge remaining on the
drum after cleaning.
[C] LED eraser array
(1) Remove any unrequired portion of latent im-
age formed on the drum.
9.3.2 Transfer/separation charger, transport
belt
[A] Transfer charger
(1) Transfers the toner on the drum to the copy
paper (high-voltage transformer: DC).
[B] Separation charger
(1) Separates the copy paper with toner from the
drum (high-voltage transformer: AC).
[C] Transport belt
(1) Transports the paper, which has been trans-
ferred and separated from the drum, to the fuser
unit.
Discharge lamp LED eraser array
Transport belt
Drum
Main charger
Transfer/separationcharger
2060, 2860/70 DRUM 9 - 4 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
9.4 Disassembly/ReplacementRemove the switch cover and the process unit as required to create easy-to-service conditions.
9.4.1 Discharge lamp
(1) Remove the rear cover (U).
(2) Disconnect the connector J12.
(3) Hold the leading edge of the PC board and pull
it to the rear.
Note: When reassembling, insert the PC board
firmly until it touches the bracket.
Discharge lamp
Discharge lamp connector
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 9 - 5 2060, 2860/70 DRUM
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
9.4.2 LED eraser array
(1) Remove the process unit and the rear cover
(U).
(2) Disconnect the connector.
(3) Remove one screw and pull it to the front.
9.4.3 Main charger
(1) Remove the toner cartridge.
(2) Lift up the upper unit.
(3) Remove the connector cover (1 screw) (for Eu-
ropean machines).
(4) Remove the one screw shown by the arrow.
Pull out the unit to the front side.
Notes: 1. Be careful not to damage the drum.
2. Check that the drum shaft is in the cleaner
unit.
LED eraser array
Screw
Connector of the LED eraser array
2060, 2860/70 DRUM 9 - 6 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
(5) Remove the holder charger.
Holder charger
(6) Remove the main charger in the order of 1 –
2.
[A] Grid
(1) Pull the grid in the direction of the arrow and
unhook it.
Note: During replacement, do not touch the
mesh section of the grid with your bare
hands.
Main charger
Process unit
1
2
Grid
Notch
[Rear side]
Flat end screw driver
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 9 - 7 2060, 2860/70 DRUM
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
[B] Replacement of charger wire
Total length: 353 mm
Tungsten wire: ø0.06 mm
(1) Remove the terminal cover at the front and rear.
[Front side]
V-groove
[Rear side]
Terminal (R)
V-groove
Terminal cover
Terminal cover
Spring hanger Terminal (F)
2060, 2860/70 DRUM 9 - 8 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
[C] Replacing the cleaning pad:
(1) Remove the charge wire.
(2) Remove the rear terminal.
(3) Move the cleaning pad to the rear side.
(4) Remove the pad holder snap from the shaft.
[Rear side]
Pad holder
Cleaning pad
Notes: 1. Pay attention to direction of the spring
hanger on the front.
2. Insert fully in the V-groove on the front
and rear.
3. The wire must not be kinked.
4. Do not touch the wire directly with your
hands.
5. It is easy to replace the charger wire when
the rear side terminal is put on the holder
charger.
Terminal base
Spring hanger
Holder charger
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 9 - 9 2060, 2860/70 DRUM
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
9.4.4 Transfer/separation charger
(1) Remove 1 screw.
(2) Remove 1 connector.
Transfer/separation charger
Transfer/separation charger
Connector
Notes: 1. When reassembling, pay attention to the
direction in which the pad holder faces.
2. When moved to the rear, the pads (2 pcs.)
should be clearly away from the wires.
Charge wire
Cleaning pad
2060, 2860/70 DRUM 9 - 10 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
[A] Replacement of chager wire
Total length: 353 mm
Gold plated tungsten wire: ø0.06 mm
(1) Remove the terminal cover on the front
and rear. In the case of the separation
charger,…remove the supporter.
Terminal
Charge wire
V-grooveTransfer/separationcharger
Charge wire terminal
[Rear side]
[Front side]
Charge wire terminal
SpringCharge wire V-groove
Notes: 1. When fitting the transfer/separation
charger, insert it in the placement groove
on the rear frame. Also check that it can
be pushed up by the spring and moves
up and down.
2. Do not forget to insert the connector.
[Rear side]
Spring
Supporter
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 9 - 11 2060, 2860/70 DRUM
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
[B] Replacing the cleaning pad:
(1) Remove the charge wire.
(2) Remove the rear terminal.
(3) Move the cleaning pad to the rear side.
(4) Remove the pad holder snap from the shaft.
Notes: 1. When reassembling, pay attention to the
direction in which the pad holder faces.
2. When moved to the rear, the pads (2 pcs.)
should be clearly away from the wires.
Notes: 1. Pay attention to the direction of the spring
hanger on rear.
2. Ensure that the charge wires are firmly
inserted in V-slots at the front and rear.
3. The wire must not be kinked.
4. Do not touch the wire directly with your
hand.
5. Insert the supporter securely into the
hook or slot.
Spring hanger
Cleaning pad
Pad holder[Rear side]
Charge wire
Cleaning pad
2060, 2860/70 DRUM 9 - 12 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
(2) Remove the screw, disconnect the 2 connec-
tors on the front side, and take out the trans-
port belt unit.
Transport belt unit
Connectors
9.4.5 Transport belt unit
(1) Remove the toner box.Transport belt unit
Transfer/separationcharger
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 9 - 13 2060, 2860/70 DRUM
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
9.4.6 High-voltage transformer for main
charger, transfer/separation and trans-
fer bias
(1) Remove the transfer/separation charger and
transport belt unit.
(2) Remove the screw and take out the protective
bracket.
[A] To place the belt:
(1) Remove the idle roller on the drum side.
(2) Remove the stop-ring and shaft.
(3) Remove the belt case (4 screws).
(4) Remove the belt.
Note: The belt position for installation is shown in
the figure below.
Idle roller on drum side
5 ± 1 mm
Front side
Transport belt
Notes : 1. To reinstall the transport-belt unit in the
copier, fit its rear guide projection (2) in
the hole in the rear copier frame and the
front guide projection in the cut-out por-
tion of the front copier frame.
2. Check that the gears on the front and rear
are properly engaged.
GearBelt
Rear side guideprojection
Drum sideidle roller
Belt case
Shaft
Stop-ring
Protective bracket
2060, 2860/70 DRUM 9 - 14 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
9.4.7 Lower damp heater, fuse PC board,
and thermostat
(1) Remove the protection bracket.
(2) Remove the screw, pull out the connector, and
take out the entire bracket.
(3) Pull out the connector on the fuse PC board
and the 2 Faston terminals for the thermostat.
Remove the screw and the washer. Take out
the lower damp heater.
(4) Remove the connector and take off the fuse
PC board from the lock support.
(5) Pull out the 2 Faston terminals, remove the
screw and take off the thermostat.
(4) Remove the 2 connectors and 3 screws, and
take out the high-voltage transformer.
(3) Remove the connectors for the transfer/sepa-
ration charger (front side) and the main charger
(rear side).
[Rear side]
Main charger connector
Hooks
Faston terminalsThermostatfixing screw
Thermostat
Connector
Lower damp heater
Fuse PC board
[Front side]
Transfer/separationcharger connector
Connectors
Hooks
High-voltagetransformer
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 9 - 15 2060, 2860/70 DRUM
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
9.5 Charging, Transfer, Separation, Developer-bias Control Circuit9.5.1 Outline
• Circuit to create the output control voltage Vc of the charging/transfer/separation/developer-bias.
• Vc is varied → output current or voltage varies linearly.
9.5.2 Operation explanation
• Charging/transfer/separation/developer-bias output adjustment value inside BC-RAM is output
to the main processor.
• Outputs control voltage data from the main processor to the D/A converter.
• Analog conversion by the D/A converter.
• Outputs control voltage Vc to the charging/transfer/separation/developer-bias transformer.
• Charging/transfer/separation/developer-bias transformer generates an output current or voltage
proportional to control the voltage Vc.
* Adjustment of control voltage Vc (adjustment data change) is performed in the AJ mode.
→→
→→
BC-RAM
IC19IC40
IC30
Vc
Mainprocessor
D/Aconverter
Adjustmentvalue
High-voltagetransformer
OutputAnalog
Digitaldata
Changing/transfer/separation/developer-bias output
2060, 2860/70 DRUM 9 - 16 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
MAINCPU
BC-RAM
IC30
IC18
IC19
IC40
J7-2 HVMVREF
J7-7 HVTVREF
J7-5 HVACVREF
J7-1 BIASVREF
GateArray
D/AConverter
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 10 - 1 2060, 2860/70 DEVELOPER
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
10. DEVELOPER UNIT10.1 Construction
DrumLeveler Mixer 1
Auto-toner sensor
Magnetic roller (sleeve)
Mixer 2
Front side sectional view
Upper cover
Magnetic roller
Top cover
Guide roller
Guide roller
2060, 2860/70 DEVELOPER 10 - 2 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
Mixer 1
Sleeve drive pulleyP27
Guide roller
Magnetic roller
Timing belt (2M96)Mixer 2
Pulley P24
G24
→
→
Rear of developer
→
↓
10.2 Developer drive10.2.1 Magnetic roller, mixer 1 and mixer 2
[Rear of copier] Gear (teeth: 23)
Developer drive gear (teeth: 24) Mixer-1
Gear (teeth: 24) Mixer 2
Pulley (teeth: 24) Timing belt
(2M96)
Sleeve drive pulley Magnetic roller
(teeth: 27)
[Rear side]
Developer drive gear G23
P27P24
G24G24
(Copier)
Developer drive gear G24 (Dev unit)
→
→
→
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 10 - 3 2060, 2860/70 DEVELOPER
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
10.2.2 Toner cartridge
[Developer front] Toner cartridge drive motor
Drive gear (teeth: 32)
Toner cartridge (toner replenishment)
Mix toner with mixer 1 and 2.
Cartridge drive gear G32
Mixer 2
↓
↓
↑
Toner cartridgedrive motor
[Front side]
2060, 2860/70 DEVELOPER 10 - 4 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
10.3 Disassembly/Replacement10.3.1 Disassembly and reassembly of developer unit
(1) Remove the toner cartridge.
(2) Lift up the upper unit.
(3) Pull out the process unit.
(4) Place the process unit on the flat space. Pull up the front lever and push down the rear lever in the
cleaner section. Disconnect the developer unit from the cleaner section.
Notes: 1. Be careful not to damage the drum.
2. Check that the drum shaft is in the cleaner unit.
[Front side] [Rear side]
Rear side lever
Cleaner section Developer unit
Process unit
Front side lever
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 10 - 5 2060, 2860/70 DEVELOPER
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
(5) When installing the process unit into the copier,
align the 2 guides.
Finally, insert the positioning pin into the upper
frame hole pushing the portion indicating the
arrow.
Upper frame
Guide Guide
Upper cover
10.3.2 Pouring in developer material
(1) Remove the upper cover (2 screws).
2060, 2860/70 DEVELOPER 10 - 6 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
(3) After the pouring in has been completed, turn
the gear in the direction of the arrow, and cause
the developer material to be transported onto
the magnetic roller.
(4) Install the upper cover. After fully inserting the
hooks (four places), fasten with screws.
Gear
Hooks
Upper cover
(2) Remove the cap of the developer material
bottle. Pour the developer material into the de-
veloper unit.
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 10 - 7 2060, 2860/70 DEVELOPER
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
(5) Pay attention to the overlapping between the side seal (front, rear) and the rubber seal. (Be careful
when reassembling the upper cover.) The side seal must come between the outer rubber seal and
inner one.
Side seal Outer rubber seal
Inner rubber seal
2060, 2860/70 DEVELOPER 10 - 8 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
10.3.3 Discharging developer material
(1) Set the cap jig on the toner replenishment ori-
fice on the developer unit as shown in the fig-
ure. (This is done to prevent the developing
material around the toner replenishment orifice
from splattering into the toner cartridge drive
unit when the developer unit is turned upside
down.)
(2) Remove the upper cover (2 screws).
Hooks
Upper cover
(3) Incline the developer unit and discharge devel-
oper material from the position indicated by the
arrow.
Notes: 1. Do not discharge developer material
from the toner replenishment orifice, as
the developer will adhere to the gear of
the toner cartridge drive motor, causing
the motor to seize.
2. Take care to avoid the connector becom-
ing smeared with developer material
when discharging is performed.
Toner replenish-ment orifice
Cap jig
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 10 - 9 2060, 2860/70 DEVELOPER
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
10.3.4 Guide roller
[A] Front side
(1) Discharge the developer material.
(2) Remove the toner holder bracket (2 screws).
(4) Remove the nozzle (3 screws).
(3) Remove the connector.
Toner holder
Toner holder bracket
Connector
Toner holder bracket
Nozzle
[Front side]
2060, 2860/70 DEVELOPER 10 - 10 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
(5) Remove the plate
(3 screws, coil spring).
[B] Rear side
(1) Remove adjustment plate (1 screw).
(2) Remove plate (4 screws and 1 coil spring).
(6) Remove the E-ring.
Replace guide roller.
Coil spring
[Front side]Plate
E-ring
Guideroller
Coil spring
Adjuster plate
Plate
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 10 - 11 2060, 2860/70 DEVELOPER
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
(3) Replace the guide roller.
Notes: 1. The guide roller is common to the front
and rear.
2. After reassembly, adjust the polarity po-
sition and the doctor sleeve gap accord-
ing to the method given in the Service
Handbook.
10.3.5 Toner cartridge drive
(1) Discharge the developer material.
(2) Remove the toner holder bracket, nozzle and
side plate.
(3) Pull out the harness and disconnect the con-
nector. Remove the motor unit (1 screw).
Guide roller
Harness
Motor unit
Connector
(4) Remove the motor (2 screws).
Replace the motor.
When the gear is defective, replace the entire
unit.
Motor
2060, 2860/70 DEVELOPER 10 - 12 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
10.3.6 Toner sensor
(1) Discharge the developer material.
(2) Reverse the developer unit and remove the har-
ness cover (1 screw).
10.3.7 Magnetic roller
(1) Discharge the developer material.
(2) Remove the toner holder, nozzle, plate and
guide roller.
(3) Remove the leveler (2 screws).
(4) Remove the sleeve drive pulley.
Harness cover
Toner sensor
Leveler
(3) Remove the toner sensor (1 connecor).
Replace the sensor.
Sleeve drivepulley
Guide roller
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 10 - 13 2060, 2860/70 DEVELOPER
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
(5) Peel off the seal after removing the front E-ring,
and then remove the magnetic roller bearing.
Shift the magnetic roller in the direction of the
arrow, remove it from the slit in the frame and
pull it out towards the front.
(6) Remove the V-ring.
Notes: 1. Pay attention to the direction (obverse/
reverse) of the V-ring when reassembly.
2. After reassembly, adjust the polarity po-
sition and the doctor sleeve gap accord-
ing to the method given in the Service
Handbook.
Magneticroller
Magnetic rollerbearing
Seal
V-ring
2060, 2860/70 DEVELOPER 10 - 14 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
10.4 Brush Motor (Toner Motor (M15)) Drive CircuitThe toner motor is provided to supply toner for the developer unit.
The toner motor is driven by transistor 2SD1417 (Q3 on the logic PC board), and its circuit is structured
as follows.
The motor winding is connected to the +24V at its (+) side and to the collector of Q3 at its (–) side.
– When P62 (TMOT-ON signal) of the main-CPU becomes “L” level –
• Q8 is turned on → Q3 is turned on
• The +24V power supply supplies current in Q3 via the motor winding → the motor rotates
– When TMOT-ON signal becomes “H” level –
• Q8 is turned off → Q3 is turned off
• The current which was flowing in the motor winding flows via the route of diode D3.
~ It decreases at the rate of the time constant determined by the inductance and resistance of the
winding.
MAIN-CPU+5SW
63
P62
IC19 TMOT-ON
Q8R21
R22
D3
+24
Q3
2SD1417
PWA-LGC
Toner motor
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 10 - 15 2060, 2860/70 DEVELOPER
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
CPU
IC19:95C063F
IC40M62353(A03)
BC-RAMIC30
PWA-LGC
10.5 Auto-Toner Sensor Circuit10.5.1 Brief description
• Functions of auto-toner circuit.
• Detects the density of the toner in the developer material.
~ Density drops → toner supply.
• Detects that the toner in the toner cartridge has been used up (toner empty).
• Configuration of auto-toner circuit.
• Auto-toner sensor: Detects toner density.
• Control section: Control to maintain the toner in the developer material at a constant specific
density.
• Toner motor: Replenishes the toner in the developer material.
• Display unit: Displays the toner-empty status.
Display
Toner
Toner sensor
Developer materialDeveloper unit
647
486
44
74
48
Arithmetic and control unit
DA converterControl voltage signal
Toner density signal
Toner cartridge
Tonermotor
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 11 - 1 2060, 2860/70 CLEANER
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
11. CLEANER UNIT11.1 ConstructionThe cleaner unit consists of a drive section, main blade, recovery blade, toner-recovery auger, and toner
bag (see Chapter 9 for main charger).
DrumDrum gear
Main charger
Toner recovery auger
Drum shaft
When the drum has been removed
When the main charger has been removed
Toner recovery auger
Main blade
Gear
Recovery blade
2060, 2860/70 CLEANER 11 - 2 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
11.2 Drive system
Front view
G20
↓
→→
→
• Drum/toner recovery auger drive
Gear (teeth: 20)-----Rear of machine (inside frame)
Drum gear (teeth: 72) Drum
Gear (teeth: 23) Toner recovery auger
Toner-full switch
→
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 11 - 3 2060, 2860/70 CLEANER
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
11.3 Description of Functions[A] Main blade
Scrapes off residual toner on the drum sur-
face. The blade is pushed against the drum
at a constant pressure by the pressure spring.
Toner recoveryauger
Front cross-section view
[D] Toner bag
The toner scraped off by the cleaner blade is
carried by the recovery auger into the toner
bag.
[E] Toner-full switch
When the toner bag becomes full of recov-
ered toner, the recovery auger is pushed back
towards the rear, causing the toner-full switch
S13 to come on.
When rear cover (U) has been removed
Toner full switch Drive unit
Note: When the blade is released from the drum
such as for adjustment of the high- voltage
transformer, rotate the blade pressure re-
lease cam in the direction of the arrow.
[B] Recovery blade
Catches the toner scraped off by the main
blade.
[C] Toner recovery auger
Transports scraped off residual toner into the
toner bag.
Blade release cam
Main blade
Recovery blade
Pressurespring
2060, 2860/70 CLEANER 11 - 4 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
11.4 Disassembly/Replacement11.4.1 Cleaner unit
(1) Remove the toner cartridge.
(2) Lift up upper unit.
(3) Pull out the process unit.
(4) Disconnect the cleaner unit from the developer
unit.
Notes : 1. Be careful not to damage the drum.
2. Check that the drum shaft is in the
cleaner unit.
3. In this copier’s cleaner unit, the main
blade is in constant contact with the
drum. Consequently, when fitting a new
drum to the cleaner unit, release the main
blade pressure by turning the blade
pressure release cam.
4. After applying powder to the entire drum,
turn the cam and bring the main blade in
contact with the drum.
5. When rotating the cam, use a screw-
driver to perform certain operations.
Blade pressure-release cam
Drum shaft
(5) Pull out the drum shaft from the rear after lift up
the drum shaft stopper lever.
Blade pressure applied cam position
Blade pressure released cam position
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 11 - 5 2060, 2860/70 CLEANER
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
(6) When removing the drum from the cleaner unit,
hold the side of the drum as shown (in diagram),
and slowly take it out.
Note: When reinstalling the drum in the cleaner
unit, the drive gear should be installed to
the rear.
DrumGear
Main blade
Spring
2 1
11.4.2 Main blade
(1) Remove the main charger.
(2) Remove the spring.
(3) Remove the 2 screws.
When reassembling, secure with the screws in
the following order:
1 → 2
11.4.3 Recovery blade
(1) Turn the cleaner unit upside down.
(2) Remove the separation claw holder (4 screws).
(3) Remove the recovery blade (2 screws).
Recovery blade
Separation claw holder
2060, 2860/70 CLEANER 11 - 6 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
Separation claw holder
Separation claw
Charger output adjustment block
11.4.6 Toner-full switch
(1) Remove the main motor (2 screws).
(2) Remove the drive unit (5 screws).
(3) Remove the toner-full switch.
Toner-full switch
11.4.4 Separation claw
(1) Turn the cleaner unit upside down.
(2) Remove the 2 screws and take out the separa-
tion claw with the holder.
(3) Remove the separation claw from its fitting.
11.4.5 Block for charger output adjustment
(1) Remove cleaner unit.
(2) Remove inner cover (upper).
(3) Remove a screw.
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 12 - 1 2060, 2860/70 FUSER
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
12 FUSER UNIT/PAPER-EXIT UNIT12.1 General Description
Heat rollerCleaning feltroller
Fuser cover
Heat and pressure are applied to the transfer paper which has been separated from the drum, and the
toner image is fixed there. The transfer paper which has completed the fixing process exits onto the
receiving tray through the paper exit unit.
The fuser unit comprises the heater lamp, heat roller, pressure roller, separation claws, scraper, cleaning
felt roller, thermistor, thermostat, etc. The paper exit unit consists of exit rollers, discharge brush, etc..
Heat roller cleaning blade
Heater lamp
Separation claw
Upper exit roller
Pressure spring
Lower exit roller
Exit paper guidePressure roller
Scraper
Entrance paper guide
Thermistor
Thermostat
2060, 2860/70 FUSER 12 - 2 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
12.2 Description of Operations(1) Fuser unit
Heat and pressure are applied to the paper which has been separated from the drum and trans-
ported into the fuser unit and the toner image is fixed there. Steady pressure is applied always to the
upper and lower rollers by springs and they are rotated by the main motor. (The upper roller (heat
roller) has a heater lamp, but it does not rotate.)
The paper which has been fixed is smoothly removed from the heat roller by the use of the separation
claws.
The detection unit monitors the heat roller temperature using a thermistor, and when the temperature
becomes abnormally high, the power supply to the heater lamp is stopped by a thermostat.
(2) Paper-exit unit
The upper and lower exit rollers rotate using the gear drive from the fuser unit.
The paper which has completed the fixing process exits smoothly onto the receiving tray through the
upper and lower exit rollers.
12.3 Functions of Each Part(1) Heater lamp
This halogen lamp is located inside the heat roller, applying heat to the heat roller. The heater lamp is
secured as it is while the heat roller rotates.
(2) Heat roller
This roller is made of aluminum whose heat conductivity is relatively good, and has heat applied by
the heater lamp. Steady pressure is applied to both the heat and pressure rollers (mentioned later).
Fixing is performed by the transfer paper to be passed through between the two rollers as above so
that the toner image faces the heat roller. The toner is fused by the heat roller, the heat conductivity
rate is increased by the pressure roller, causing the toner to permeate the paper fiber. However,
during this process, a problem may occur. That is, because the toner is fixed by contacting with the
heat roller, the toner may adhere to the roller (called “offset phenomenon”). Therefore, for easier
removal of the toner from the heat roller, a Teflon coating has been applied on the surface of the heat
roller.
(3) Pressure roller
This is made of rubber for smooth application of pressure to the heat roller. The pressure roller has
pressure applied always by springs.
(4) Separation claws/Scraper
By the use of the separation claws/scraper, the paper which has been fixed to the both heat and
pressure rollers is smoothly removed.
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 12 - 3 2060, 2860/70 FUSER
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
(5) Cleaning felt roller
This cleans the toner remaining on the drum at fixing process. The cleaning felt roller is located so
that it can come in contact with the heat roller. The silicon oil soaked in the pressure roller is evapo-
rated by the heat roller, causing it to adhere to the surface of the heat roller. As a result, the cleaning
of the toner on the heat roller can be smoothly performed.
(6) Thermistor-1
Surface temperature of the heat roller should be maintained within a fixed range, (actually, around
200 °C), i.e. higher than the minimum temperature at which improper fixing may occur, lower than the
maximum temperature at which “baking” may occur. The thermistor detects the surface temperature
of the heat roller. If the temperature is lower than the standard temperature, it turns on the heater
lamp, if higher to turns it off.
(7) Thermistor-2
Temperature distribution in axis of the heat roller may differ greatly on its center and ends by condi-
tions. The thermistor-2 detects temperature of the heat roller end.
When either thermistor-1 or -2 detects the temperature over the specifieds, heater lamp is turned off
by their thermal controls.
(8) Thermostat
When the surface temperature of the heat roller becomes excessively high due to thermistor failure,
etc., the thermostat stops the power supply to the heater lamp.
As the thermostat used in this copier is a type which protects against abnormal operation, when it
detects an abnormal operation, it is set to stay OFF. Therefore, during repair, this should be replaced
together with other damaged parts in the fuser unit.
(9) Exit rollers
Through the exit rollers, the paper removed by the separation claws or scraper exits smoothly onto
the receiving tray via the ADU exit roller.
2060, 2860/70 FUSER 12 - 4 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
12.4 Heater Control Circuit12.4.1 Temperature detection unit
To maintain the heat roller temperature, this unit detects the heat-roller temperature by thermistor-1, and
then performs heater lamp ON/OFF control.
The thermistor is an electrical element whose resistance decreases as its detected temperature in-
creases. If the thermistor is open-circuited, the control circuit erroneously determines that the fuser tem-
perature is extremely low and continues to energize the heater lamp. As a result, the fuser temperature
rises abnormally high, possibly activating the thermostat provided for safety purposes. The CPU works to
detect the breakage of the thermistor and prevents the condition mentioned above.
The following abnormalities are detected:
(1) Abnormal detection during warming up
Maximum 25 sec. after the power has been turned on, if the thermistor-1 output voltage does not
exceed 0.078 V, CALL SERVICE (C41) is displayed.
(2) Abnormal detection during stand-by/copying (Thermistor-1)
If the thermistor-1 output voltage decreases to and remains at 0.078 V or lower for 260 msec. or
more, CALL SERVICE (C43) is displayed.
(3) Abnormal detection during stand-by/copying (Thermistor-2)
If the thermistor-2 output voltage decreases to and remains at 0.192 V or lower for 260 msec. or
more, CALL SERVICE (C45) is displayed.
(4) C40 error counter control
• For improved fuser-unit safety, the CPU works as follows: After the C41 error occurs two times in
succession, even when the power is turned on, the heater will not come on and the C41 error will be
immediately displayed.
• However, with “1” or less stored in the C40 counter, if the copier becomes ready correctly, the C40
counter clears to “0”.
• After CALL SERVICE (C41 – C45) has occurred and the thermistor, heater lamp, etc. have been
repaired (or replaced), if turning on the power switch does not cause the heater to energize resulting
in a C40 error, check the C40 counter (08-code 89) and reset it to “0”.
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 12 - 5 2060, 2860/70 FUSER
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
Surface temperature of heat roller: 200°C (Thermistor resistance value: about 3.2 kΩ)
Reference
1. A value other than 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 is never written in the C40 counter.
• At the power on, if the heater does not turn on and the copier goes into the C40 CALL SERVICE,check the C40 counter if it is 2 or more. If it is 2 or more, be sure to check the thermistor and heaterlamp, and after repair, reset the C40 counter (08-code 89) to 0 and then turn on the power switch.
• If the value of the C40 counter is more than 10 (11, for example), it may be possible that BC-RAM orthe data in it have been destroyed by charger leaking, etc. In this case, check the guide bias, high-voltage transformers, charger wires, etc. for any defects. Also, all the data inside BC-RAM need to be
rechecked.2. Relationship between the output voltage and the fusing temperature.
• 200°C corresponds to approx. 2.5V and 0.078 V corresponds to approx. 40°C.
3. Relationship between heat roller surface temperature and thermistor-1 resistance.
Temperature Thermistor resistance Heater lamp state
Less than 200°C More than 3.2 KΩ ON
200°C 3.2KΩ Maintains previous status
More than 200°C Less than 3.2 KΩ OFF
Copying (200°C)
Heat rollertemperaturedistribution
Heater lampON
OFF OFF OF
F
ON ON ON ON
Warm-up Standby (200°C)°C
200
OFF OFF
4. Temperature control at heat roller endsDuring multicopying, the temperature at each end (no paper-contact area) of the heat roller normally tends
to rise higher that the controlled temperature of the paper-contact area. Therefore, the circuit is so devisedthat if the temperature in the no paper-contact area rises to 245°C, the second thermistor detects this,causing the heater to be turned off immediately regardless of the temperature in the paper-contact area.
ON OF
F
2060, 2860/70 FUSER 12 - 6 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
12.4.2 Detection of thermistor burnout
* Since thermistor burnout detection circuits of the thermistor-1 and -2 are common, it is explained
with the thermistor-1.
R136
+5
R86
R81
C34
R66
HTRTH-
IC12
PC0/AN0
Mainprocessor
Thermistor-1
• The input voltage is obtained by voltage divid-
ing R136, thermistor, R86 and R81.
• The surface temperature of the heat roller
changes.
→ The thermistor resistance value changes
→ The input voltage also changes
• The main processor detects an abnormality
thermistor broken
12.4.3 Control for abnormal heater condition
When something abnormal occurs in the heater turn-on circuit, such as a shorted triac, it may become
incapable of ON/OFF control. In this case, the microcomputer detects abnormal temperatures through
the first and second thermistors, determines the corresponding error codes and counter values, and
causes the main power to switch off to protect the fuser unit.
(1) Temperature detection
The following abnormal temperatures are detected by the respective thermistors:
First thermistor: 230°C
Second thermistor: 270°C
(2) Error codes
“C44”: Displayed when keys C/S + 8 are pressed simultaneously at the time of Call
Service.
Counter value “9”: Displayed when you input “89” in the AD (0 + 8) mode.
(3) Machine condition
After deenergizing all outputs (heater lamp, exposure lamp, control-panel displays, motors, etc.), the
microcomputer causes the main power to switch off.
(4) Corrective action
After the error code and counter value in (2) have been determined, abnormal temperature detection
in (1) continues. So, if the main switch is turned on immediately, it will be turned off again as long as
the temperature on the heater surface remains above the abnormal detection temperatures of
thermistors. Thereafter, this will be repeated. So, after waiting for the heater surface temperature to
drop, turn on the main switch and you can check the counter value before the main switch is turned
off again. After confirming that an abnormal heater condition has occurred, repair the problem and
then clear code 89 of the AD (0 + 8) mode with “0”. After that, you can bring the copier into its
normal operating condition.
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 12 - 7 2060, 2860/70 FUSER
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
12.5 Disassembly and Replacement12.5.1 Fuser unit
(1) Remove the used toner box, door switch cover
and the fuser cover (2 screws each).
(3) Remove the 1 screw which secures the fuser
unit.
Note: Use the original hole (round) when secur-
ing it again.
(2) Remove the 3 connectors on the rear side.
Fuser cover
Connectors
2060, 2860/70 FUSER 12 - 8 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
(4) Slide the entire unit to the front side, unhook
the stud from the copier frame, and remove it
while lifting it up.
12.5.2 Heater lamp
(1) Remove the fuser unit.
(2) Remove the lamp terminal fixing screws (2
screws).
(3) Remove the lamp holder bracket at the front
side (1 screw).
1
2
Heater lamp holder bracket
[Front side]
Lamp terminal fixing screw
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 12 - 9 2060, 2860/70 FUSER
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
(4) Remove the lamp holder bracket on the rear
side (2 screws).
Lamp holder bracket
[Rear side]
Heater lamp
(5) Pull the heater lamp out towards the rear side.
Notes: 1. Do not touch the heater lamp surface di-
rectly with your hands.
2. Set the TOSHIBA mark facing the front
side.
12.5.3 Heat roller
(1) Remove the heater lamp.
(2) Remove the separation claw unit (2 screws).
Separation clawunit
Separationclaw unit
Rear side
2060, 2860/70 FUSER 12 - 10 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
(3) Remove the upper stay of the fuser unit (2
screws).
(4) Remove the cleaning felt roller lifting up.
(5) Remove the upper frame (4 screws).
(6) Remove the bracket fixing the thermistor and
thermostat (1 screw).
Note: Be careful not to deform the root of the
thermistor harness when removing the
bracket.
[Rear side]
(7) Remove the C-ring at the front and rear side,
and the gear at the rear side. C-ring
[Front side]
C-ringBearing(8) Remove the ball bearing from the frame.
Gear
Upper frame
Bearing Bracket
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 12 - 11 2060, 2860/70 FUSER
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
(9) Slide the heat roller to the front side and pull it
off from the rear side frame, then take out the
heat roller toward the exit side.
Note: Be careful not to damage the heat roller sur-
face by knocking it against the bracket, etc.
12.5.4 Pressure roller
(1) Remove the fuser unit.
(2) Remove the heat roller.
(3) Remove the exit roller (stop-ring).
Heat roller
Exit roller
Stop-ring
(4) Take off the entrance paper guide by unscrew-
ing the two screws.
(5) Remove the exit paper guide hook.Entrance paper guide
Pressure roller
Exit paper guide
2060, 2860/70 FUSER 12 - 12 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
(6) Lift up the pressure roller holding both ends,
and take the pressure roller out with its bear-
ings.
Note: When installing the pressure roller, make
sure the bearing grooves on both front and
rear are set in the pressure levers.
Pressure roller
Bearing
12.5.5 Cleaning felt roller
(1) Remove the upper stay (2 screws).
(2) Remove the cleaning felt roller by lifting the
roller.
Note: When installing the cleaning felt roller, make
sure the color of pressure springs (front side:
golden, rear: silver).
Pressure lever
Bearing
Upper stay
Cleaning felt roller
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 12 - 13 2060, 2860/70 FUSER
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
12.5.6 Heat roller cleaning blade
(1) Remove the bracket (upper plate).
(2) Remove the heat roller cleaning blade by tak-
ing out the two screws.
Note: When installing the heat roller cleaning
blade, use the original hole (round) of the
blade.
12.5.7 Separation claw units
(1) Remove the separation claw cover (3 screws).
(2) There are 6 separation claws in all. For each
claw, remove the spring, then remove the claw.
Note: Check that the edges (tips) of the claws are
not chipped.
Separation claw unit
Separation claw
Heat roller cleaning blade
Spring
Installation hole
2060, 2860/70 FUSER 12 - 14 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SkipReturn
3560/70 S/M
12.5.8 Thermistor and thermostat
(1) Remove the cleaning roller bracket.
(2) Remove the 2 thermistors (1 screw each).
• Be careful not to deform the root of the
thermistor harness.
(3) Unscrew 2 screws and take off the thermostat
from the holder.
Note: When installing, make sure the thermistor
and thermostat both contact the heat roller
surface evenly.
12.5.9 Lower exit roller
(1) Remove the fuser unit.
(2) Remove the stop-ring.
Note: Attach the stop-ring as shown in the figure
below.
Stop-ringLower exit rollerHandle
Stop-ring
Thermistors
Thermostat
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 - 1 2060, 2860/70 ADU
13. Automatic Duplexing Unit (ADU) MD-500213.1 Specifications
Note: Specifications are subject to change without notice.
Type: Unit type
Function: Feeding for duplex copying
Paper sizes: 50 sheets stackable: A3, B4, A4, B5, A5, Folio (for Europe)
Ledger, Legal, Letter, Computer, Statement
(for U.S.A. and Canada)
Type of paper: Toshiba-recommended paper 64~80 g/m2 (17~22 lb) (sheets of
paper)
Max. number of copies 1~50 sheetsin multicopying:
Dimensions: W598 x D620 x H110 mm
Weight: Approx. 10 kg
Power Source: Supplied from the copier
2060, 2860/70 ADU 13 - 2 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
13.2 Names of Various Components13.2.1 Front-side view
Gate cover
Idle rollersPaper guide (U)
Jam lever
Motor cover
Ground plate spring
Front cover
Tray
Gate arm
Gate solenoid PC board
Side guidesEnd guide
End switch
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 - 3 2060, 2860/70 ADU
Side motor
End motor
13.2.2 Rear-side view
Open guide (U)
Open guide (L) Transport rollers
Drawer connector
2060, 2860/70 ADU 13 - 4 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
13.2.3 Feed-side section
Stack/feed roller(Main)
Pick-up roller
Feed clutch (Z28)
ADU motor
Side switch
Stack rollerStack clutch (Z40)
Separation rollerEmpty switch
Jam switch
13.2.4 Copier’s exit-side section
Exit rollerGate
Transport roller
Stack/feed roller (Sub)
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 - 5 2060, 2860/70 ADU
13.2.5 Sectional view
6
7 4 5 2 3 1AM
AT
AL AP
9 9 AK AN AO8
1 ADU motor
2 Side guide
3 Side motor
4 End guide
5 End motor
6 EXIT/ADU selection gate
7 Gate solenoid
8 Open guide
9 Transport roller
AT Stacking section
AK Jam switch
AL Empty switch
AM Tray
AN Pickup roller
AO Stack/feed roller
AP Separation roller
[Front side]
2060, 2860/70 ADU 13 - 6 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
13.3 Description of ADU Operation13.3.1 Paper stacking operation
When the ADU (duplex copying) mode is selected and the PRINT key is pressed on the copier’s control
panel, the ADU motor starts rotating, and the side guides and the end guide in the stacking section are
moved to the positions corresponding to the selected size of paper by their respective motors. Then, the
stack clutch comes on, the transport roller rotates and the EXIT/ADU selection gate is switched in the
direction of the stacking section by the gate solenoid.
The copy paper which has exited from the copier is sent into the ADU’s open guide by the EXIT/ADU
selection gate. This paper is further carried by transport rollers into the stacking section, where the paper
is stacked face up. This operation is repeated until the specified number of sheets are stacked.
At the start of the stacking operation, the side guides are set with a 5 mm gap relative to each side of the
paper, and each time 5 sheets are stacked consecutively during stacking, the side guides perform a
paper aligning operation.
A jam switch is provided to have paper jams in the open guide detected. The empty switch is to detect
whether or not paper is present in the stacking section.
13.3.2 Duplex copying
After the paper stacking operation, when a second original is set and the PRINT key is pressed, the ADU
motor starts rotating, causing the elevator arm to rotate. This will cause the tray positioned under the
stacked sheets of paper to rise, making the sheets come into contact with the rotating pick-up roller and
sending the topmost sheet out. The separation roller rotates with the feed roller. At this time, if two or
more sheets are sent out, the separation roller stops rotating, causing the lower sheet(s) to stop its
movement.
The sheet of paper thus sent out is carried by the copier’s upper transport roller to the copier’s aligning
roller and aligned. The sheet is then copied on the side not copied previously. The sheet copied on both
its sides passes through the copier’s exit roller and over the EXIT/ADU selection gate which is already
positioned in the direction of existing, further passing through the exit roller to exit finally into the receiv-
ing tray.
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 - 7 2060, 2860/70 ADU
13.4 Drive System13.4.1 Driving of the EXIT/ADU gate
When the gate solenoid is turned on, the arm
rotates and pushes up the lever, causing the
gate to open. The copied sheet is then trans-
ported to the ADU’s stacking section. When
the gate solenoid is turned off, the arm is
pulled back to its original position by a spring,
causing the gate to close, and the copied
sheet will exit. Gate
Lever
Arm
Gate solenoid
Arm
Gate solenoid
Spring
2060, 2860/70 ADU 13 - 8 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
13.4.2 Driving of the stack guides
(1) Side guides
End motor
Side motor
The side motor rotates corresponding to the size of paper selected, causing the side guides to move
to the positions specified. In addition, each time five sheets are stacked, the side motor performs
paper aligning by moving the side guides to the right and left.
(2) End guide
The end motor rotates corresponding to the size of paper selected, causing the end guide to move to
the position specified.
Side guides End guide
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 - 9 2060, 2860/70 ADU
13.4.3 Driving of the ADU pick-up roller, ADU feed roller and ADU transport rollers
Transport rollers
Z57/Z28
• When the ADU motor rotates in the direction of the arrow A and stack clutch (Z40) energizes, the
transport rollers are rotated and the ADU stack/feed roller is rotated in the direction of the arrow B (in
the stacking direction).
• When the ADU motor rotates (arrow A) and the feed clutch (Z28) energizes, the pick-up roller and
the ADU stack/feed roller are rotated in the feeding direction (arrow C).
At this time, the transport rollers do not rotate since a one-way clutch is contained inside of the gear
(Z16) on the transport roller shaft.
ADU motor
P24
P24
Z24P24
P24
Feed clutch (Z28)
Stack clutch (Z40)
Z40/Z20
P36
ADU pick-up rollerADU stack/feed roller
P24
A
CB
Z16 (with one-way clutch)
One way clutch
2060, 2860/70 ADU 13 - 10 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
13.5 Disassembling and ReassemblingVarious Parts
13.5.1 Removing the ADU covers
[A] Motor cover and gate cover
(1) Remove one screw fastening each cover.
[B] Lower cover
(1) Place the ADU upside down.
(2) Remove the 7 screws fastening the cover.
Motor cover
Gate cover
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 - 11 2060, 2860/70 ADU
13.5.2 Transport system
[A] ADU vertical transport roller, exit roller and
EXIT/ADU selection gate
(1) Open the front cover and clamshell. To remove
the ADU exit unit, open the unit and remove
the screw of the unit’s pivot bracket located at
the rear. Remove the bracket.
(3) Take out two screws from the ADU exit unit and
remove the vertical transport guide unit.
(2) Lift the rear side of the unit and pull out the
pivot.
2060, 2860/70 ADU 13 - 12 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
(4) To take out the vertical transport roller, remove
the stop-ring and bushing at the front, and the
gear and bushing at the rear.
[B] Transport rollers 1, 2 and 3
(1) Take out the upper paper guide by removing
its two screws.
(5) To take out the EXIT/ADU selection gate and
exit roller, remove the stop-ring and bushing at
the front, and the gear and bushing at the rear,
from the exit roller of ADU exit unit whose ver-
tical transport guide unit has already been ex-
tracted.
Stop-ring
Bush
Bush
Gear
Bush
Stop-ring Exit roller
Bush
Gear
Upper paper guide
EXIT/ADU selection gate
Vertical transportroller
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 - 13 2060, 2860/70 ADU
(3) To remove the open guide units (upper and
lower), remove the stop-ring (front and rear, 1
each) and the snap pin (rear), push the units
toward the rear to have the front stud disen-
gaged, and then take out the units toward the
front.
Rear side
Front side
Open guide unit(upper and lower)
(2) Remove the stop-ring securing the open guide
stopper.
Take out the open guide stopper from the open
guide (lower) while pushing it toward the rear.
Open guide stopperOpen guide (lower)
Stop-ring
Rear side
Stud
Stop-ringOpen guide unit(upper and lower)Rear side
Front side
2060, 2860/70 ADU 13 - 14 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
[B-1] Removing the transport roller 1
(1) Remove the open guide unit (lower), and two
stop-rings, guide roller, gear, pulley, pin and
bushing at the front.
(2) Remove the stop-ring and bushing at the rear.
(3) Remove the timing belt, bring the transport roller
1 near to the front and then take it out toward
the rear.
Transport roller 1 Open guide unit (lower)
Transport roller 3
Transport roller 2
Timing belt
Gear Pulley
BushStop-ring
Guide roller
Stop-ring
Transport roller 1, front side
Stop-ring
Bush
Roller shaft
Transport roller 1, 2, 3, rear side
Pin
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 - 15 2060, 2860/70 ADU
[B-2] Removing the transport roller 2
(1) Remove the open guide unit (lower), and the
stop-ring, two pulleys, two pins and bushing at
the front.
(2) Remove the stop-ring and bushing at the rear.
(3) Remove the timing belt, bring the transport
roller 2 near to the front and then take it out
toward the rear.
[B-3] Removing the transport roller 3
(1) Remove the open guide unit (lower), and the
stop-ring, pulley, pin and bushing at the front.
(2) Remove the stop-ring and bushing at the rear.
(3) Remove the timing belt, bring the transport roller
3 near to the front and then take it out toward
the rear.
[C] ADU pick-up roller(1) Take out the upper paper guide by removing
two screws.Take out the open guide stopper from the openguide after removing one stop-ring.
(2) Take out the open guide unit (upper and lower)by removing two stop-rings and one snap pin.
(3) Remove the stacker from the pick-up rollershaft.
(4) Remove the stop-ring on each end of the ADUpick-up roller shaft and the gear at the front,and push the bushing to the inside.
(5) Remove the four pick-up roller guides from thepick-up roller shaft by pushing them down-ward, and lift the rear end of the shaft.
Timing belt
Pin Bush
Pulley
PulleyStop-ring
Timing belt
Pin
Transport roller 2, front side
Transport roller 3, front side
Timing belt
Stop-ring
Pin
Pulley Bush
Roller shaft
Pick-up roller guide
Stop-ring
Gear
Stacker
Bush
ADU pick-up rollerStop-ring
2060, 2860/70 ADU 13 - 16 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
(6) Remove the bushing from the rear end of the
pick-up roller shaft and the stop-ring at the rear
of the pick-up roller. Then, take the pick-up roller
out toward the rear.
Pick-up roller
Bush
Stop-ring
ADU stack/feed roller
(3) Remove the stop-ring on each end of the ADU
stack/feed roller shaft, and push the bushing
toward the inside.
(4) Remove the four pick-up roller guides from the
pick-up roller shaft by pushing them downward.
Then, lift the rear end of the shaft.
[D] ADU stack/feed rollers (Main and sub)
(1) Take out the upper paper guide by removing
two screws.
Take out the open guide stopper from the open
guide (lower) after removing one stop-ring.
(2) Remove the open guide units (upper and lower)
by removing two stop-rings and one snap-ring.
ADU stack/feed roller (main)
Stop-ring
Stop-ring
ADU stack/feedroller (sub)
ADU stack/feedroller (sub)
Pick-up roller guide
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 - 17 2060, 2860/70 ADU
ADU stack/feed roller
Stop-ring
Bush
ADU separation roller
(5) Remove the bushing from the rear end of the
stack/feed roller shaft, and the stop-ring and
pick-up roller guide at the rear.
(6) After removing the front stop-ring, move the
roller and the entire guide toward the front and
remove the pin.
(7) From the rear, take out the sub-stack/feed roller,
pick-up roller guide, pin and main stack/feed
roller, pick-up roller guide, pin and sub-stack/
feed roller in this order.
Stop-ring
Pick-up roller guide
Pin Stack/feed roller (sub)
Stack/feed roller (main)
Bush
[E] ADU separation roller
(1) Remove the two screws of the ADU separation
roller.
2060, 2860/70 ADU 13 - 18 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
(2) Take out the unit toward the feed side.
(3) Remove the stop-ring, pull out the shaft, and
take out the separation roller.
13.5.3 Drive system
[A] ADU motor
(1) Remove the upper paper guide by unscrewing
two screws.
Take out the open guide stopper from the open
guide (lower) after removing one stop-ring.
(2) Take out the open guide unit (upper and lower)
by removing two stop-rings and one snap pin.
(3) Remove the motor cover by unscrewing a
screw.
Separation roller unit
Separation roller
ShaftStop-ring
Open guide unit(upper andlower)
Paper guide (upper)
Motor cover
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 - 19 2060, 2860/70 ADU
(4) Remove the spring on the rear.
Spring
ADU feed unit
(5) Move the side guides toward the center. Take
out the ADU feed unit by unscrewing four
screws.
ADU motor
(6) Remove two screws and take out the ADU mo-
tor.
Side guides
2060, 2860/70 ADU 13 - 20 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
[B] Feed clutch and stack clutch
(1) Remove the ADU motor bracket from the ADU
feed unit by unscrewing four screws.
(2) Remove the switch bracket by unscrewing a
screw.
(3) Disconnect the connectors of the feed clutch
and stack clutch. Loosening two setscrews of
each of the feed and stack clutches, take them
out from their shafts.
(4) Align the end surface of the shaft and clutch,
then securely tighten the two setscrews at this
position when reassembling the feed and stack
clutches.
* Make a gap of approx. 0.5 mm between the
feed clutch and the gear, and also between
the stack clutch and the bush.
ADU motor bracket
Switch bracket
Setscrews
Feed clutch
Gap
Bush
Gear
Stack clutch
Align
Align
Gap
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 - 21 2060, 2860/70 ADU
[C] Gate solenoid
(1) Remove the gate cover and motor cover by
unscrewing each screw.
(2) Disconnect the gate solenoid connector and
take out the gate unit by removing two screws.
Gate solenoid
End motorbracket
Timing belt
Timing beltSide motorbracket
[D] Side motor and end motor
(1) Place the ADU upside down.
(2) Remove the lower cover by unscrewing 7
screws.
(3) Unscrew two screws, take out the timing belt,
and remove the side motor bracket.
(4) The end motor can be removed by the same
procedure.
(3) Remove the gate solenoid by unscrewing two
screws.Arm
Gate solenoid
Spring
2060, 2860/70 ADU 13 - 22 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
13.5.4 Various switches
[A] Jam switch and empty switch
(1) Remove the ADU feed unit.
(2) Remove the switch bracket.
(3) Unlatch the claws of the switches.
(4) Disconnect the connector.
Switch bracket
Jam switch
Empty switch
Side motor
End motor
(5) Remove the side motor and the end motor from
their brackets by unscrewing two screws for
each.
(6) Fix the side motor bracket at the position of 21
± 0.5 mm from the case when reassembling.
Side motor bracket21±0.5
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 - 23 2060, 2860/70 ADU
[C] End switch
(1) Remove the upper paper guide and the open
guide units (upper and lower).
(2) Place the ADU upside down and remove the
lower cover.
(3) Remove the rail guide.
Rail guide
(5) Unlatch the claws of the switch.
Side switch
ADU motor bracket
Side switch bracket
[B] Side switch
(1) Remove the ADU feed unit.
(2) Remove the ADU motor bracket.
(3) Disconnect the connector.
(4) Remove the guide switch bracket from the ADU
motor bracket by unscrewing a screw.
2060, 2860/70 ADU 13 - 24 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
(4) Disconnect the switch connector and unlatch
the claws of the switch.
End switch claws
End switch
Connector
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 - 25 2060, 2860/70 ADU
13.6 Symbols and Functions of Electrical Parts13.6.1 Motors M
Symbol Abbreviation Function Remarks
DM1 ADU-MOT Drives paper transport rollers. Blushless motor
(ADU motor)
DM2 END-MOT Drives the end guide in the Pulse motor
(End motor) stack section.
DM3 SID-MOT Drives the side guides in the stack Pulse motor
(Side motor) section.
13.6.2 Solenoids
Symbol Abbreviation Function Remarks
STSOL Used to open and close the gate.
SOL1 (Gate solenoid)
13.6.3 Clutches
Symbol Abbreviation Function Remarks
CLT1 FEDCLT (Feed clutch) Used for paper re-feeding.
CLT2 STCLT (Stack clutch) Used for stacking operation.
13.6.4 Switches and sensors
Symbol Abbreviation Function Remarks
SA1 END-SW Detects the end guide position in Semiconductor sensor
(End switch) the stack section.
SA2 SID-SW Detects the side guide position in the Semiconductor sensor
(Side switch) stack section.
SA3 EMP-SW Detects when the ADU cassette runs Semiconductor sensor
(Empty switch) out of paper.
SA4 JAM-SW Detects the passage of paper through Semiconductor sensor
(Jam switch) the guide up to the stack section.
2060, 2860/70 ADU 13 - 26 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
13.7 Layout for Electrical Parts
END-SW
STSOL SOL1
SA1
END-MOT DM2
SID-MOT DM3
SID-SW SA2
ADU-MOT DM1
FEDCLT
STCLT
JAM-SW
EMP-SW
CLT1
CLT2
SA4
SA3
Drawer connector forconnecting with the copier
Front side
Rear side
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 - 27 2060, 2860/70 ADU
13.8 Description of Operation13.8.1 General operation
(1) Initializing
When the power switch is turned on or when the front cover is opened/closed or when the ADU is
pulled out/pushed in, this operation is performed.
(2) Stacking operation
This is an operation in which sheets of paper fed from the cassette and copied on their surface (first
side) are sent into the ADU stack section and stacked there.
(3) Duplex copying
Sheets of paper which have been copied on their first sides are automatically sent into the copier and
copied on their reverse surface (second side).
(4) ADU paper feeding
This operation causes sheets of paper to be fed from the ADU into the copier.
13.8.2 Description of each operation
[A] Initializing
[A-1] Initializing when the power switch is turned on
(1) When the power switch is turned on, the end motor (END-MOT) DM2 rotates to move the end
guide in the stack section to its home position.
(2) The side motor (SID-MOT) DM3 rotates to move the side guides to their home position.
[A-2] Initializing when the copier’s front cover is opened/closed
(1) The operation in step (1) above is performed.
[A-3] Initializing when the ADU is pulled out/pushed in
(1) The end motor (END-MOT) DM2 rotates to move the end guide to its home position once,
then moves it to the position corresponding to the selected size of paper.
(2) The side motor (SID-MOT) DM3 rotates to move the side guides to their home position once,
then moves them to the position corresponding to the selected size of paper.
[B] Stacking operation
(1) When the PRINT key is pressed, the SID-MOT DM3 and END-MOT DM2 are rotated to
move the side and end guides to the position corresponding to the specified size of paper, and
the ADU-MOT DM1 is rotated clockwise to transport the paper. STSOL ( ) is en-
ergized to position the EXIT/ADU selection gate in the direction of stacking, and STCLT CLT2
is energized to rotate the ADU transport rollers in the direction of stacking.
(2) Jam detection inside the ADU is performed as follows:
JAM-SW SA4 is checked if it is turned on within a specified period of time after the copied
paper turned on the copier’s exit switch. The switch is also checked if it is turned off within a
specified period of time after the exit switch was turned off by the paper.
SOL 1
2060, 2860/70 ADU 13 - 28 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
SOL 1
SOL 1
SOL 1
(3) Each time five sheets of paper are stacked in the ADU, the side motor (SID-MOT) DM3 is
rotated to move the side guides so that the sheets stacked are aligned, then the side guides are
returned to their previous position.
(4) The above procedure (2)~(3) is repeated until the specified number of copies are made.
(5) After the final sheet is stacked in the ADU stack section, STSOL ( ), STCLT
CLT2 and ADU-MOT DM1 are turned off.
[C] Feeding from ADU
(1) When the PRINT key is pressed, the SID-MOT DM3 is rotated to move the side guides to
the specified size of paper and ADU-MOT DM1 is rotated clockwise and FEDCLT CLT1 is
turned on, causing the ADU feed roller and pick-up roller to rotate.
(2) Due to the operation in (1), the ADU tray is raised, causing the copy paper to come into contact
with the pick-up roller for paper feeding.
(3) A sheet of paper is fed out of the ADU and transported toward the copier’s aligning roller.
(4) When the sheet pushes the copier’s paper transport switch on, FEDCLT CLT1 is turned off,
causing the pick-up roller and feed roller to stop rotating.
(5) Then, the copier’s aligning roller starts rotating, and the copying process commences.
(6) The above procedure (2)~(5) is repeated until the specified number of copies are made. When
copies are finished, ADU-MOT DM1 is stopped rotation.
[D] Duplex copying
(1) When the first-side copying operation is started, ADU-MOT DM1 is rotated, and the side and
end guides are moved to the position of specified paper size by the SID-MOT DM3 and END-
MOT DM2 .
Additionally, the STSOL ( ) and the STCLT CLT2 are turned on in the same way as
the [B] Stacking operation.
(2) The first-side copied sheet is transported into the ADU from the copier exit switch and gate
sections, and then stacked through the JAM-SW SA4 .
The ADU inside jam symbol comes on when the JAM-SW SA4 is not turned on within a
specified time after the copier exit switch is turned on, or the JAM-SW is not turned off within a
specified time after the copier exit switch is turned off.
(3) Each time five sheets of paper are stacked, the stacked sheets are aligned by the side motor
SID-MOT DM3 moving the side guides.
(4) The above procedure (2)~(3) is repeated until the specified number of sheets are stacked.
(5) The final sheet is stacked in the ADU, and then STSOL ( ) and STCLT CLT2 are
turned off.
(6) When the RADF is not used, ADU-MOT DM1 is stopped once to turn over the original. After
turning over the original, ADU-MOT DM1 is rotated again to make a copy of the next original
in step 7 or later.
When the RADF is used, ADU-MOT DM1 is not stopped since the original is turned over
continuously.
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 - 29 2060, 2860/70 ADU
(7) When the second-side copying is started, the side guides are moved by the SID-MOT DM3 to
the specified size position.
(8) When the FEDCLT CLT1 is turned on, the ADU paper feed tray is lifted up, and also the pickup
and feed rollers are driven, then one sheet of paper is separated and fed.
When the sheet reaches the copier’s transport switch, the FEDCLT CLT1 is turned off.
The ADU feed jam symbol comes on when the copier’s transport switch is not turned on within a
specified time after the FEDCLT CLT1 is turned on.
(9) The above step (8) is repeated until the specified number of copies are made. After copying has
been finished, ADU-MOT DM1 is stopped.
Meaning of signals
“L” LOW level “H”HIGH level
FEDCLT Paper feeding from ADU –
STCLT Paper stacking in ADU –
STSOL ADU stacking Normal paper existing
(Gate solenoid) Send paper into ADU
JAM-SW No paper on ADU stack path Paper on ADU stack path
(Jam switch)
EMP-SW No paper in ADU stack section Paper in ADU stack section
(Empty switch)
SID-SW – Side guide home position L: Off
(Side switch) (Photosensor shielded) H:On
END-SW – End guide home position L: Off
(End switch) (Photosensor shielded) H: On
RemarksSignal name
13.8.3 Meaning of signals
2060, 2860/70 ADU 13 - 30 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
13.8.4 Detection of abnormal status
When an abnormal condition is detected inside the ADU, a symbol corresponding to the condition is
shown on the copier’s control panel. The following kinds of abnormal status may be encountered:
(1) Abnormal statuses which can be cleared without pulling out/pushing in the ADU:
• Paper misfeeding which occurs while paper is being fed from the stack section.
(2) Abnormal statuses which can be cleared by pulling out/pushing in the ADU:
• Paper misfeeding in the paper stack section.
(3) Abnormal statuses which can be cleared only by turning off/on the copier’s power switch:
• When the side guides or end guide cannot be initialized to their correct positions.
[A] Paper misfeeding
(1)Paper misfeeding during duplex copying:
While paper is fed from the ADU, if the copier’s P-STP-SW is not turned on within about 1 sec.
after FEDCLT CLT1 was energized, it is judged that paper misfeeding has occurred during
ADU paper feeding, and a paper misfeed symbol is displayed. This condition can be cleared by
opening/closing the copier’s side cover.
(2)Paper misfeeding during paper stacking:
During paper stacking, if the ADU’s JAM-SW SA4 is not turned on within about 3 sec. after the
copier’s EXIT-SW was turned on/off, it is judged that paper misfeeding has occurred inside the
ADU. To clear this condition, pull out the ADU, remove the misfed sheet, then push in the ADU. (If
necessary, open/close the copier’s front cover.)
[B] Abnormal statuses at power on
(1)Paper remaining in the stack section at power on:
If a sheet of paper is left in the stack section when the power is turned on, a symbol indicating that
paper is still there is displayed on the copier’s control panel when the duplexing mode is selected.
This mode cannot be started until the paper is removed.
(2)Misfed paper remaining inside the ADU when the power is turned on:
If a misfed sheet of paper remains on the ADU’s paper path when the power is turned on, the ADU
misfeed symbol is shown. To clear this condition, pull out the ADU, remove the misfed sheet and
then push in the ADU. (If necessary, open/close the copier’s front cover.)
[C] “Serviceman Call” errors
(1)The paper side guides and end guide cannot be initialized :
During the initialization of the SID-MOT DM3 and END-MOT DM2 , if the respective home
switch positions are not detected, a message will be displayed indicating that the ADU cannot
function.
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 - 31 2060, 2860/70 ADU
YES
NO
YES
NO
13.8.5 Flow charts
[A] General flow charts
(1) Duplex copying from single-sided originals
Print key ON
Paper fed fromthe cassette
Copying
Copy transportedinto the ADU
Change originals
Print key ON
1
1
Paper fed fromthe ADU
Copying
Copy exits fromthe machine
Final copy?
End
Required number of copies
made?
2060, 2860/70 ADU 13 - 32 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
(2) Duplex copying from single-sided originals through ADF
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
Print key ON?
Oddnumber oforiginals?
Original fed from theADF
1
Paper fed fromthe cassette
Copying
Copy exits from themachine
*
Next original fed fromthe ADF
Paper fed from thecassette
Copying
Copy transported tothe ADU
1
Next original fed fromthe ADF
Paper fed from theADU
Copying
Copy exits fromthe machine
Final original?
End
Requirednumber of copies
made?
Requirednumber of copies
made?
Requirednumber of copies
made?
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 - 33 2060, 2860/70 ADU
(3) Duplex copying from two-sided originals
YES
NO
YES
NO
Print key ON
Copying
Paper fed fromthe cassette
Turn over the original
Print key ON
Paper fed from theADU
Copying
Copy exits fromthe machine
Copy transported intothe ADU
Requirednumber of copies
made?
Final copy?
End
Put the original
2060, 2860/70 ADU 13 - 34 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
(4) Duplex copying from two-sided originals through RADF
YES
NO
YES
YES
NO
NO
Print key ON
1
Original fed fromthe RADF
Original reversed
Paper fed from thecassette
Copying
1
Original reversed
Paper fed from theADU
Copying
Copy exiting fromthe machine
Final originals?
End
Requirednumber of copies
made?
Required number of copies
made?
Copy transportedinto the ADU
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 - 35 2060, 2860/70 ADU
(5) Duplex copying from two-page originals
YES
YES
NO
NO
Print key ON
Paper fed from thecassette
Left-side pagecopying
Paper fed from theADU
Right-side pagecopying
Copy exits from themachine
Final copy?
End
Requirednumber of copies
made?
Copy transportedinto the ADU
2060, 2860/70 ADU 13 - 36 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
(6) Duplex copying from book originals
YES
YES
NO
NO
Print key ON
Paper fed fromthe cassette
Left-side pagecopying
Copy exits fromthe machine
1st page
Right-side pagecopying
Copy transported intothe ADU
Paper fed from thecassette
Turn over to thenext page
12
Right-side pageLeft-side page
Print key ON
Requirednumber of copies
made?
Requirednumber of copies
made?
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 - 37 2060, 2860/70 ADU
NO
NO
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YESYES
NO
NO
NO
NO
1
Final page?
Print key ON
Print key ON
Print key ON
Left-side page
Right-side page
Paper fed from theADU
Left-side pagecopying
Copy exits from themachine
Final copy?
2
Paper fed from theADU
Left-side pagecopying
Copy exits from themachine
Final copy?
Paper fed from thecassette
Right-side pagecopying
Requirednumber of copies
made?
3
Paper fed from theADU
Left-side pagecopying
Copy exits from themachine
Final copy?
End
3
Paper fed from theADU
Copy exits from themachine
Final copy
End
Copy transportedinto the ADU
2060, 2860/70 ADU 13 - 38 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
[B] Control flow charts
(1) Stacking operation
STSOLON
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
SA4
DM1
CLT2
SOL1
SOL1
YES
NO
CLT2
DM1
SA4
Stacking operation
End guide moves to theposition matching the papersize.
Side guides move to thepaper size width +5 mmposition.
ADU-MOTrotates CW
STCLTON
JAM-SW
ON?
3 sec. elapsedafter copier’s EXIT-SW was
turned ON?
ADU jam
Standby
JAM-SWOFF?
2.5 sec. elapsedafter copier’s EXIT-SW was
turned OFF?
ADU jam
Align/5 sheetstacked?
Side guides move to thepaper size width +1 mmposition. (Aligning)
Side guides move back tothe paper size width +5 mmposition
Final copy?
STSOL
OFF
OFF
ADU-MOT stops
STCLT
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 - 39 2060, 2860/70 ADU
(2) Duplex copying operation
Duplex copying
ADU jam2 1
stops
YES
YES
NO
NO
DM1
CLT1
CLT1
FEDCLT
ADU-MOT
ON
ON
CopierPSTP-SW
ON?
FEDCLT
1.1 sec elapsed afterFEDCLT wasturned on?
2060, 2860/70 ADU 13 - 40 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
YES
YES
YES
NO
NO
DM1
Final copy?
Has thefinal copy exited
into the copytray?
ADU-MOT
Standby
stops
12
Dec. 1996 ©
TOS
HIB
A13 - 41
2060, 2860/70 AD
U
13.8.6 Timing charts
(A) Timing for ADU stacking (A4 size, feeding from copier’s two cassettes)
Copier side
ADU side
0.00
0.72
0.1
1.00
1.78
1.78
1.0
1.68
2.00
2.16
2.72
2.82
3.00
3.34
4.00
4.48
5.00
5.66
6.00
6.46
7.00
7.96
7.96
7.96
6.71
8.00 9.00 10.00 11.00 12.00
PSTPCU(Paper stop switch)
PSTPC0(Paper stop switch)
RGT-CLT(Aligning roller)
EXIT-SW(Exit switch)
ADU-MOT(ADU motor)
STSOL(Gate solenoid)
STCLT(Stack clutch)
EMP-SW(ADU empty switch)
JAM-SW(Jam detection sensor)
2060, 2860/70 AD
U13 - 42
Dec. 1996 ©
TOS
HIB
A
(B) Timing for ADU re-feeding (A4 size, single-sheet stacking)
Copier side
ADU side
0.00
0.1
0.71
0.670.17
0.94
0.66
1.00
1.74
1.28
2.00
2.43
2.91
2.29
3.00 4.00
4.07
5.00 6.00 7.00
7.96
8.00 9.00 10.00 11.00 12.00
PSTPCU(Paper stop switch)
PSTPC0(Paper stop switch)
RGT-CLT(Aligning roller)
EXIT-SW(Exit switch)
ADU-MOT(ADU motor)
STSOL(Gate solenoid)
STCLT(Stack clutch)
EMP-SW(ADU empty switch)
FEDCLT(Feed clutch)
Dec. 1996 ©
TOS
HIB
A13 - 43
2060, 2860/70 AD
U
13.8.7 Harness connection diagram
2060, 2860/70 ADU 13 - 44 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
13.8.8 Circuit diagrams (1/2)
[R]
[R]
[R]
[C]
[C]
[R]
[R]
[R]
[C]
[C]
F
12
A B
54
36
78
C D E
78
16
54
23
DBA
C E F
[R][R]
[R]
[R]
[R]
[C]
[C]
[VCC]
[VCC]
[GND]
[GND]
[GND]
[GND]CLAMP
CLAMP
[I62308S]
[VCC]
[VCC]
[GND]
[GND]
[GND]
[GND]CLAMP
CLAMP
[I62308S]
[VCC]
[VCC]
[GND]
[GND]
[GND]
[GND]CLAMP
CLAMP
[I62308S]
VDD
R124.7K 12
4.7K R102 1
4.7K R112 1
0.1/12
C5
1 20.1/50
C4
1 2
GND
VDD
R24.7K 12
R44.7K 12
4.7K R32 1
2B4
0.1/50
C8
1 2C9
0.1/1221
GND
12
VDD
2E4
4.7K R52 1
VDD
R74.7K 12
4.7K R62 1
R84.7K 12
4.7K R92 1
2E4
2A8
GND
C7
0.1/1221
C6 0.1/50
21
IC3
9
107
152
16
3
146
11 8 4 5
12
131
2E4
2E4
2E4
IC2
9
107
152
16
3
14611 8 4 512131
2A8
2A8
2A8
2D8
2C8
2C8
2B8
2B8
2B8
2E4
2F4
2F4
2B4
2B4
IC1
1
1312548
116
143
16 2
157109
2B4
+5VSW
+5VSW
ENDMB
24V
24V
DG
DG
DG
STSOLAD
FDCLTAD
SIDMA
SIDMC
SIDMD
SIDMB
SIDM-A
ENDMC
ENDMD
ENDMA
DG
24V
ENDM-A
DG
STCLTAD
DG
ENDM-C
ENDM-B
ENDM-D
+5VSW
STSOL-AD
STCLT-AD
FDCLT-AD
SIDM-C
SIDM-B
SIDM-D
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 13 - 45 2060, 2860/70 ADU
Circuit diagrams (2/2)
[CN4]
[CN2]
[CN10]
[CN14]
TO LGC
PJAM1SW
PEMPSW
SIDSW
AD-CNT
ENDSW
[CN9]
[CN13]
F
12
AA
B
54
36
78 8
C D E
71
65
42
3
DB C E F
TO ACC
TO LGC
END-MOT
SID-MOT
ADU-NOT
FED-CLT
STK-CLT
GATE-SOL
[CEP]
[CEP]
[R]
[CEP]
[CN6]
[CN6]
1E4
1E4
1D4
J416
53052-4V
321 4
J414
53052-2V
21
J402
17548710V
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9101
J410
53052-14V
14
11121 98765432
10
13
1D4
1B4
VDD
J405
175487-9V
87654321 9
J401
17548713V
1211102 3 4 5 6 7 8 91
13
22
1B8
1B8
1B8
1B4
1B4
1B4
GND
GND
VDD VDD
1D1
1D1
1E1
1E1
1B1
1B1
1B1
1B1
1B5
1B5
1B5
GND
GND
22/16
C1
1 2
VDD
47/50
C3
1 2
1/2W10K
R12 1
22/16
C2
1 2
53324-6
J413
1 2 3 4 5 6
53324-6
J418
1 2 3 4 5 6
SIDM-A
SIDM-C
SIDM-B
SIDM-D
PJAM1AD
PEMPAD
SIDSW
24V
DG
ENDMC
ENDMB
ENDMD
SIDMC
STSOLAD
24V
ENDMA
SIDMD
24V
FDCLTAD
STCLTAD
SIDMB
+5VSW
24V
SIDMA
MOTON-AD
ENDM-B
ENDM-A
ENDM-C
ENDM-D
STSOL-AD
STCLT-AD
FDCLT-AD
MOTBK-AD
PLLOK-AD
2060, 2860/70 ADU 13 - 46 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
13.8.9 PC board assembly
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 14 - 1 2060, 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to.
HINT
14. ELECTRIC CIRCUIT DIAGRAM14.1 Logic Circuit (PWA-LGC) 1/13
IC19
/AN7
/AN6
/AN5
/AN4
/AN3
/AN2
/AN1
/LCAS3
/REFOUT3
/TOB
/P20
/P21
/P22
/P23
/P24
/P25
/P26
/P27
/P17
/P16
/P15
/P14
/P13
/P12
/P11
/TO7
WR
RD
/HWR
/BUSAK
/R/W
/CS0
/CS2
/RAS1
/WE1
/LCAS1
/TOA
/REFOUT1
/WE1
/RAS3/CS3
/WE3
/PG00
/PG13
/PG12
/PG11
/PG10
/PG03
/PG02
/PG01
/BS
/INT3
/INT2
/INT1
/INT0
/NMI2
RESET
WDTOUT
/TXD0
/TI0
/TI6
/TO5
/TI4
/TO3
/TI2
/TO1
/SCLK1
/CTS1
/RXD1
/TXD1
/RXD0
/SCLK0
/CTS0
/TI8
/TI9
/TIA
/TIB
/TO8
/TO9
/INT6
/INT7
/INT5
/INT4
VREFH
VREFL
DAREFL
DAREFH
AM8
X2
X1
CLK
NMI
EA
AVCC
AVSS
95C063F
PE7
PE6
PE5
PE4
PE3
PE2
PE1
PE0
PD4
PD3
PD2
PD1
PD0
PC7
PC6
PC5
PC4
PC3
PC2
PC1
PC0
PB7
PB6
PB5
PB4 PB3
PB2
PB1
PB0
PA7
PA6
PA5
PA4
PA3
PA2
PA0
P97
P96
P95
P94
P93
P92
P91
P90
P87
P86
P85
P84
P83
P82
P81
P80
P77
P76
P75
P74
P73
P72
P71
P70
P67
P66
P65
P64
P63
P62
P61
P60
P57
P56
P55
P54
P53
P52
DVSS6
DVSS5
DVSS4
DVSS3
DVSS2
DVSS1
DVCC5
DVCC4
DVCC3
DVCC2
DVCC1
D15
D14
D13
D12
D11
D10
D9
D8
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
A23
A22
A21
A20
A19
A18
A17
A16
A15
A14
A13
A12
A11
A10 A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
DAOUT0
DAOUT1
PA1
/SCOUT
/WAIT
/16
/UCAS3
/UW3 /CAS3
/WE3 /UCAS1
/UW1
/LW1 /CAS1
/CS1
/BUSRQ
/P10
/LW3
/INT8
/AN0
72
73
41
42
141
142 21
35
39
38
36
23
40
144
143
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
140
139
138
137
136
135
134
133
13
12
11
10
9 8 7 6 22
21
20
19
17
16
14
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
47
46
45
44
43
34
33
32
56
55
54
53
52
51
50
49
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
118 92
74
57
37 5
132
108 83
48
18
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
82
81
80
79
78
77
76
75
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
3415
11C8
3B1
12A8
12A8
12A8
11D6
VDD 11B8
8C8
2E6
2E7
6B2
13C8
13D8
A17
A16
A15
A14
A13
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A18
A[0:18]
11C6
11C6
11C6
IC41
HC14M
13
12
MMOT-BRK
PMOT-REF
DFTXD
MREQ-DF
MMOT-OFF
MACK-DF
TMOT-ON
DCM-D
UARTINT0
ERS-ON
*3
RST-SW
DFREQ
TXRDY2
*6
RGCLT-CO
ZCINT
WDTEN
EXP-ON
DFACK
HTRDY
SREQ
HTRTH-
APS0
APS1
LNS-B
TYPE-M
*4
SSR-SW
*6
*2
SCN-A
SCN-B
SCN-C
SCN-D
WDTOUT
MRR-D
+5VSWMRR-C
MRR-B
E-FAN
B-FAN
MRR-A
LNS-D
LNS-C
STXD
MACK-S
MREQ-S
DCM-B
DCM-A
DCM-C
TFULSW
DEVSW
S-CNT
DF-CNT
CS2
RD
WR
[RD]
[WR]
FANCHG0
SACK
OPTFAN2A
CS1
CS0
*2
*3
CRG1SW
ATSIN
*3
DRMTH
*2
APS2
*4
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
D10
D11
D12
D13
D14
D15
D15
D14
D13
D12
D11
D10
D9
D8
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
D[0:15]
*2
*2
MMOT-REF
PDWNCHK
DFRXD
SRXD
*3
G/A-WR
RESET
[CS2]
[CS1]
[CS0]
[G/A-WR]
[RESET]
AESIN
*7
TXRDY0
UARTINT1
UARTINT2
[PMOT-REF]
[DCM-D]
[UARTINT0]
[RST-SW]
[RGCLT-CO]
[ZCINT]
[DFACK]
[SCN-A]
[SCN-B]
[SCN-C]
[SCN-D]
[DCM-B]
[DCM-A]
[DCM-C]
[TFULSW]
[DEVSW]
[S-CNT]
[DF-CNT]
[SACK]
[OPTFAN2A]
[UARTINT1]
[UARTINT2]
24VCHK
HTRTH2-
LNS-A
[A[0:18]]
[TXRDY2]
[WDTEN]
[EXP-ON]
[LNS-B]
[MRR-D]
[MRR-C]
[MRR-B]
[E-FAN]
[B-FAN]
[MRR-A]
[LNS-D]
[LNS-C]
[FANCHG0]
[D[0:15]]
[HTRTH2-]
[LNS-A]
HTRDY2
[DFREQ]
[HTRDY]
[SREQ]
[HTRTH-]
[WDTOUT]
[CRG1SW]
[MMOT-REF]
[PDWNCHK]
[DFRXD]
[SRXD]
[TXRDY0]
[HTRDY2]
MMOT-DIR
[MMOT-BRK]
[DFTXD]
[MREQ-DF]
[MMOT-OFF]
[MACK-DF]
[TMOT-ON]
[ERS-ON]
[SSR-SW]
[STXD]
[MACK-S]
[MREQ-S]
[MMOT-DIR]
13C5
IC36HC132M
123
4700
RR4
RR5S
1 23
45
IC14
7407M 8
9
VDD
IC23
7407M 6
5IC14
7407M
13
12
1/10W4700
R109
RTP2
1
GND
IC14
7407M 6
5
IC14
7407M 2
1
IC38
7407M 10
11
R205
1/10W820RTP
12
IC41
HC14M
98
IC14
7407M
11
10
VDD
8E8
1/10W22K
R148
RTP2
1
1/10W22K
R183
RTP2
1
R153
1/10W22KRTP
12
1/10W22K
R181
RTP2
1R19
1/10W22KRTP
12
1/10W22K
R26
RTP2
1R161
1/10W22KRTP
12
2A6
2A5
R75
1/10W4700
RTP1
21/10W4700
R188
RTP
21
R159
1/10W4700
RTP
12
8E8
R50
1/10W22K RTP
12
1/10W22K
R23
RTP2
1
VDD
VDD
R13
1/10W4700
RTP
12
CC0.1/25
C38
C
1 2
C73CC1000P/50
C21
C67
CC1000P/50
C21
GND
2E8
6D2
VDD
1/10W1M
R80
RTP2
1
GND
1/10W22K
R49
RTP2
1
Q10
RN2401
4700
4700
1
2 3
IC38
7407M 8
9
IC38
7407M 12
13
IC14
7407M 4
312C8
12C8
12C8
12D8
12D8
12D8
10A1
10C1
12A3
12D8
9E2
12C8
12D8
11D3
12C8
11C6
7D8
R431/10W22KF
RTP1 2
11B6
12C8
11C6
7E8
12D8
12C8
12D8
2E8
2E8
R121
1/10W4700
RTP
12
VDD
VDD
R48
1/10W22K RTP
12
1/10W4700
R206
RTP2
1
1/10W4700
R193
RTP
12
1/10W4700
R152
RTP2
1
1/10W4700
R191
RTP
12
1/10W4700
R20
RTP2
1
1/10W4700
R25
RTP
12
1/10W4700
R160
RTP2
1
2A5
12E5
9D6
9D6
9D6
9D6
10A5
10B5
10B5
10B5
10C5
9D2
C44
CC0.1/25
C21
C43
CC0.1/25
C
1 2
C52
CC0.1/25
C21
C37
CC0.1/25
C
1 2
C46
CC0.1/25
C21
C45
CC0.1/25
C
1 2
VDD
GND
CC2200P/50
C68
C
1 2
C63
CC1000P/50
C21
02CZ5.1YD10
3 2
VDD
1/10W22K
R154
RTP2
1
1/10W22K
R16
RTP2
1
CC1000P/50C78
C21
CC0.1/25
C22 C21
R44
1/10W22K
RTP 12
R45
1/10W22K
RTP 12
1/10W22KR56
RTP2 1
C33
CC0.1/25
C
1 2
C23
CC0.1/25
C
1 2
D11
02CZ5.1Y
23
GND 8E2
12A3
1/10W4700
R24
RTP
21
1/10W4700
R40
RTP
21R41
1/10W4700
RTP1
21/10W4700
R42
RTP
21
VDD
7C1
2E7
9C2
9C2
9D2
6B2
9A6
9B6
9B6
9B6
9C6
9C6
9C6
9C6
1/10W22K
R180
RTP2
1
R182
1/10W22K
RTP
12
1/10W4700
R163
RTP2
1
1/10W4700
R149
RTP2
1
1/10W4700
R192
RTP2
11/10W4700
R190
RTP
12
VDD 7C1
2E8
6D2
13E8
2E8
6D2
13E8
R132
1/10W4700
RTP
12
1/10W4700
R120
RTP2
1R77
1/10W4700
RTP
12
CC2200P/50
C42
C21
R70
1/10W4700
RTP
12
R46
[APS0]
[APS1]
[TYPE-M]
[ATSIN]
[DRMTH]
[APS2]
[AESIN]
[24VCHK]
1/10W4700
RTP
12
20MXW
X1
13
2
2A6
2A4
C82
CC3300P/50
C21
GND
1/10W22K
R66
RTP2
1
RR10 4700
RR9S
7 9862
1
3 4 5
4700RR11
RR9S
543
1
2 6 8 97
R62
1/10W22K
RTP
12
8D1
12A3
D14
1SS184
321
C49
CC0.1/25
C
1 2
CC0.1/25
C85
C2
1
1/10W4700
R187
RTP2
1
R212 1/10W4700
RTP
12
IC41
HC14M
11
10
1/10W470K
R213
RTP2
1
R591/10W33KF
RTP1 2
VDD
131
F
E
F
C
D
32 4 5 61 7 8
E
D
C
8763 4 5
B
A
21
B
A
2060, 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS 14 - 2 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to.
HINT
Logic Circuit (PWA-LGC) 2/13
ENABLE
ERROR
A3DTCT
1/10W1M
R108
RTP
12
R107
1/10W470
RTP2
1
CC2200P/50
C41
C21
GARST
CS1
GND
X2
8MW04
2
3111B3
1/10W4700
R103
RTP
12
1/10W4700
R36
RTP
12
R91
1/10W22K
RTP
12
VDD
R78
1/10W4700
RTP2
1JP1
12
EXP-ONI
EXP-ON
CS13
TXRDY0
CS12
PCDSR
PCCTS
PCTXD
PFTXD
PCRXD
SMRXD
LECLK
DSPCLK
LEDAT
DSON0
EXPPWM
PFREQ
DACLK
CSRAM0
PSTPR
PFACK
PCRTS
PCDTR
DSPLTH
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A2
A1
A0
A[0:3],A[9:14]
[A[0:3],A[9:14]]
A17
A16
LNSSW
RSTRT
EXTSW
MRRSW
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
D[0:7]
[D[0:7]]
DSP6
DSP5
DSP4
DSP3
DSP2
DSP1
DSP0
DSP1
DSP2
DSP6
DSP7
DSP5
DSP4
DSP3
DSP0
DSP[0:7]
DSP7
[DSP6]
[DSP5]
[DSP4]
[DSP3]
[DSP2]
[DSP1]
[DSP0]
[DSP7]
HVT-PRE
HVT-AC
DALTH
RMS6
CTR-ON
PFRXD
RETK7
RETK6
RETK5
RETK4
RETK0
RETK1
RETK2
RETK3
PLTNSW
APSF
OPT-FAN1
OPT-FAN0
MACK-SM
MREQ-SM
MACK-PF
MREQ-PF
RMS7
HVT-M
HVT-DC
[HVT-PRE]
[HVT-AC]
[CTR-ON]
[MACK-PF]
[MREQ-PF]
[HVT-M]
[HVT-DC]
RMS3
RMS0
LCDE
LCDRS
RMS4
RMS2
RMS5
RMS1
FANCHG1
CTR-CNT
CS0
WR
G/A-WR
RD
[GARST]
[CS1]
[CS0]
[WR]
[G/A-WR]
[RD]
WRRAM
LELTH
DADAT
DSON1
DSPDAT
UARTINT1
SMTXD
STCLTAD
FDCLTAD
[EXP-ONI]
[EXP-ON]
[FDCLTAD]
FDCLT-AD
SMREQ
UARTINT2
UARTINT0
ZMDTCT
[ERROR]
[A3DTCT]
[RSTRT]
[RMS6]
[OPT-FAN1]
[OPT-FAN0]
[MACK-SM]
[MREQ-SM]
[RMS7]
[RMS3]
[RMS0]
[LCDE]
[LCDRS]
[RMS4]
[RMS2]
[RMS5]
[RMS1]
[FANCHG1]
[ZMDTCT]
APST
PSTPCO
SORT-SW
[ENABLE]
[RETK7]
[RETK6]
[RETK5]
[RETK4]
[RETK0]
[RETK1]
[RETK2]
[RETK3]
[CTR-CNT]
[PSTPCO]
[SORT-SW]
MPLL-OK
APSC
APSR
SM-CNT
SMACK
PC-CNT
[PSTPR]
[PFACK]
[LNSSW]
[EXTSW]
[MRRSW]
[PLTNSW]
[APSF]
[APST]
[MPLL-OK]
[APSC]
[APSR]
[SM-CNT]
[SMACK]
[PC-CNT]
CS11
[CS13]
[CS12]
[CS11]DSP-7
DSP-7
DSP-6
DSP-5
DSP-4
DSP-3
DSP-2
DSP-1
DSP-0
DSP-[0:7]
DSP-6
DSP-5
DSP-4
DSP-3
DSP-1
DSP-0
DSP-2
TXRDY2
[TXRDY0]
[PCDSR]
[PCCTS]
[PCTXD]
[PFTXD]
[PCRXD]
[SMRXD]
[LECLK]
[DSPCLK]
[LEDAT]
[DSON0]
[EXPPWM]
[PFREQ]
[DACLK]
[CSRAM0]
[PCRTS]
[PCDTR]
[DSPLTH]
[DALTH]
[PFRXD]
[WRRAM]
[LELTH]
[DADAT]
[DSON1]
[DSPDAT]
[UARTINT1]
[SMTXD]
[SMREQ]
[UARTINT2]
[UARTINT0]
[TXRDY2]
13A8
GND
1F3
1F3
13B3
3D8
3D8
R118
1/10W22K
RTP
12
1/10W4700
R131
RTP2
1
13E8
GND
1A2
13D5
13D5
13D5
13C5
13C5
13C5
13C5
13C5
3B1
3B1
9B2
9E2
9E2
9E2
9E2
3C1
11B3
11B3
VDD
IC8
7407M
34
R104
1/10W4700
RTP
12
1/10W4700
R128
RTP2
1
R129
1/10W4700
RTP
12
1/10W22K
R117
RTP2
1
1/10W22K
R140
RTP2
1
IC10
7407M 6
5
IC29
7407M
12
IC29
7407M 8
9
IC10
7407M 8
9
IC10
7407M 10
11
IC10
7407M 12
13
GND
R84
1/10W470
RTP
12
VDD
1/10W4700
R12
RTP2
1
R106
1/10W4700
RTP
121/10W4700
R85
RTP
12
GND
VDD
VDD
VDD
R391/10W4700RTP2 1
VDD
13A8
13A8
IC8
7407M 2
1
1/10W22K
R47
RTP2
1
IC32
7407M
11
10
1/10W470
R76
RTP
12
11B3
11B3
11B3
11B3
11B3
11B3
11B3
11B6
4700/22KRR1
RRS9
5 4 3689 7 2
1
12A3
12B8
11C6
13D6
13B8
13B8
13B8
1F3
1/10W4700
R119
RTP2
1
IC37
7407M 4
3
IC37
7407M 6
5
7D8
6D2
IC38
7407M 4
3
IC38
7407M 6
5
IC23
7407M 2
1
11B6
3E8
IC37
7407M
12
IC29
7407M
34
IC29
7407M
13
12
IC37
7407M
11
10
11C3
11C3
11C3
11C3
11C3
11C3
11C3
12B3
3A1
13A8
11A3
11A6
11C3
8A1
8A1
8A1
11C3
6D2
R93
1/10W4700
RTP
121/10W4700
R92
RTP2
1R130
1/10W4700
RTP
12
3A1
3E8
3D8
IC38
7407M 2
1
IC8
7407M
98
13E6
13B8
13E6
13D6
13A8
11B8
11B8
9A2
9A2
9A2
RR54700/22K
RRS9 1
279 8 6 345
4700/22KRR6
RRS9
5 4 3689 7 2
1
RR34700/22K
RRS9 1
279 8 6 345
RR24700/22K
RRS9 1
279 8 6 345
VDD
1/10W22K
R133
RTP2
1
6B2
R35
1/10W22K
RTP
12
1E5
1A7
1E5
1A6
13E6
13E6
13D6
11A6
IC23
7407M 12
13
11A6
11C3
IC29
7407M
11
10
11C3
IC29
7407M
56
11C3
3E8
11B3
R74
1/10W470
RTP2
1
1A2
1A2
1E5
6D2
13B8
13B8
IC32
7407M
13
12
13B8
IC8
7407M 12
13
IC9
HC244WM
1Y0
1Y1
1Y2
1Y3
2Y0
2Y1
2Y2
2Y3
OE1
OE2
1A0
1A1
1A2
1A3
2A0
2A1
2A2
2A3
18
16
14
12
9753
1
192468
11
13
15
17
1A1 1A5
IC37
7407M
89
IC18
C2XB
GND_PIN=176,182,191,202
GND_PIN=155,156,159,162
GND_PIN=131,139,144,149
GND_PIN=105,106,112,121
GND_PIN=26,37,44,51
GND_PIN=1,2,7,12,17
VDD_PIN=183,198,208
VDD_PIN=104,130,157
VDD_PIN=27,53,67,78
DECOA
ENB
MULTA
DECOB
Y0B
Y1B
Y2B
Y3B
TXD2
RXD2
DSR2
DTR2
CTS2
RTS2
UARTINT2
RXRD2
TXRD1
RXRD1
TXD1
RXD1
RTS1
DSR1
DTR1
CTS1
UARTINT1
CTS0
TXRD0
RXRD0
TXD0
RXD0
DSR0
RTS0
DTR0
UARTINT0
TO1
DSPLTH
DSPDAT
DSON1
DSON0
DALTH
DADAT
LELTH
LEDAT
CSIPC0
CSIPC1
CSRAM1
CSRAM0
WRRAM
PWM
SCK
X2
UTEST2
UTEST0
UTEST1
TEST2
TE01
RW
RST
EN0
O01
O02
O03
O04
O05
O06
O07
O10
O11
O12
O13
O14
O15
O16
O17
O20
O21
O22
O23
O24
O25
O26
O27
O30
O31
O32
O33
O34
O35
O36
O37
TXRD2
WR
RD
X1
IO17
IO16
IO15
IO14
IO13
IO12
IO11
IO10
IO07
IO06
IO05
IO04
IO03
IO02
IO01
IO00
IN32
IN31
IN30
IN27
IN26
IN25
IN24
IN23
IN22
IN21
IN20
IN17
IN16
IN15
IN14
IN13
IN12
IN11
IN10
IN07
IN06
IN05
IN04
IN03
IN02
IN01
IN00
DT7
DT6
DT5
DT4
DT3
DT2
DT1
DT0
ADRS14
ADRS13
ADRS12
ADRS11
ADRS10
ADRS9
ADRS2
ADRS1
ADRS0
IN33
O00
X2O
X1I
CSI0
MULTY
MULTD1
MULTD0
INVO
INVI
GND_PIN=52,57,79,88,97
18
20
29
19
21
22
23
24
72
95
93
73
94
74
77
76
41
42
38
82
40
80
39
81
43
69
34
35
31
70
68
33
32
36
190
181
184
180
179
186
187
177
178
100
101
99
98
188
189
185
16096
71
83
111
136
138
201
137
85
86
87
89
90
91
92
107
108
109
110
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
132
133
134
135
75
199
200
16116
15
14
13
11
10 9 8 6 5 4 3
206
205
204
203
197
196
195
194
193
192
166
165
164
163
154
153
152
151
150 65
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
50
49
48
47
148
147
146
145
143
142
141
140
175
174
173
172
171
170
169
168
16766
84
55
56
10230
28
25
46
45
IC8
7407M
11
10
IC23
7407M 10
11
13E8
1/10W1M
R134
RTP
12
R79
1/10W470
RTP2
1
1A2
7B1
1/10W470
R54
RTP2
1
1/10W100
R189
RTP2
1
GND
12A8
12B8
11C8
12B81/10W4700
R32
RTP
12
GND
IC8
7407M
56
1/10W4700
R37
RTP2
1
R33
1/10W4700
RTP
12
1/10W22K
R34
RTP2
1
R1051/10W470
RTP
12
R38
1/10W22K
RTP
12
132
F
E
F
C
D
32 4 5 61 7 8
E
D
C
8763 4 5
B
A
21
B
A
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 14 - 3 2060, 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to.
HINT
Logic Circuit (PWA-LGC) 3/13
IC33
[SKT]
P30/RXD
RST
EA
P37/WAIT
NMI
P34/CTS
P36/WR
X2
P82/INT2
P81/INT1
P80/INT0
P55/AN5
P54/AN4
P53/AN3
P31/RXD
P33/TXD
P83/TO34
P35/RD
P73/M13
P72/M12
P71/M11
P70/M10
P60/M00
P61/M01
P62/M02
P63/M03
P04/D4
P05/D5
P06/D6
P07/D7
P00/D0
P01/D1
P02/D2
P03/D3
P40/A16
P41/A17
P42/A18
P43/A19
P24/A12
P25/A13
P26/A14
P27/A15
P20/A8
P21/A9
P22/A10
P23/A11
P14/A4
P15/A5
P16/A6
P17/A7
P10/A0
P11/A1
P12/A2
P13/A3
P32/TXD
CK
P50/AN0
P51/AN1
P52/AN2
AGND
VREF
X1
91C640N
33
1
2
5
4
3
23
58
38
37
36
35
42
41
40
39
46
45
44
43
50
49
48
47
54
53
52
51
27
26
25
24
31
30
29
28
12
11
10
9
13
14
15
16
61
20
59
57
6
7
8
17
18
19
34
62
60
21
63
55
22
56
[CLK-B]
12MX3
2
31
1/10W4700
R202
RTP
12
R124
1/10W4700
RTP2
1
VDD
MREQ-PF
4C2
13B3
R174
1/10W4700
RTP
12
1/10W470
R158RTP 21
4700RR7
RR9S
67895
1
432
[STCLT-AD]
1/10W4700
R168RTP12
VDD
5D8
GND
VDD
7D8
2B3
2B3
5B8
IC35
7407M9 8
IC35
7407M5 6
IC35
7407M3 4
[DRV-[0:7]]DRV-7
DRV-6
DRV-4
DRV-3
DRV-2
DRV-1
DRV-0
DRV-5
GND
CC2200P/50C75C2
1
GND
R185 1/10W4700RTP 21
RSTRT
IC35
7407M13 12
[STSOL-AD]
[CLK-D]
[SCSW-D]
R167 1/10W4700RTP 21
7E81A3
2E7
13B3
13B3
[SCSW-B]
[SCSW-A]
13B55A1
13B5
13B5
5F1
5F1
AD-CNT
R125 1/10W22KRTP 21
SIZE3
SIZE0
SIZE1
SIZE2
SIZE[0:3]
MACK-PF
2F4
PFCRST
2E4
2A6
2B3
2F3
2A6
4B2
4D2
13A5
13A3
13A3
13A3
13B3
13B3
13B3
13B3
13B3
133
F
1 2
A
B
A
B
543 6 7 8
C
D
E
7 81 6542 3
D
C
E
F
4A2
13A5
[CLK-C]
PSTPCO
IC23
7407M9 8
PFTXD
13A3 1/10W22KR196RTP1 2
R175
1/10W1M
RTP2
1
24VCHK
[MREQ-PF]
[RSTRT]
[AD-CNT]
[SIZE[0:3]]
[MACK-PF]
[PFCRST]
[PSTPCO]
[PFTXD]
[24VCHK]
1/10W4700
R170RTP12
[SCSW-E]
[SCSW-C]
1/10W470
R157RTP 21
IC35
7407M11 10
IC10
7407M3 4
VDD
IC35
7407M1 2 [ENDM-A]
[ENDM-B]
[ENDM-C]
[ENDM-D]
IC32
7407M1 2 [SIDM-A]IC32
7407M3 4 [SIDM-B]IC32
7407M5 6 [SIDM-C]IC32
7407M9 8 [SIDM-D]
*2
R169
1/10W4700
RTP2 1
*3
IC27HC138M
C
B
A
EN2B
EN2A
EN1
Y7
Y6
Y5
Y4
Y3
Y2
Y1
Y0 15
14
13
12
11
10
9
7
6
4
5
1
2
3
IC37
7407M1213 13B3
RETS1
RETS2
RETS3
RETS4
RETS5
RETS7
RETS6
RETS0
RETS[0:7][RETS[0:7]]
GND
VDD
2E7
1/10W4700
R173
RTP2
1R172
1/10W4700
RTP
12
1/10W4700
R171
RTP2
1R166
1/10W4700
RTP
12
1/10W4700
R165
RTP2
1
R184
1/10W4700
RTP
12
1/10W4700
R164
RTP2
1
[PFREQ]
[PSTPR]
[PFRXD]
[PFACK]
[STCLTAD]
[FDCLTAD]
[CLK-A]
VDD
VDD
2A6
[AMOT-OFF]
[AMOT-BRK]
[RGCLT-CU]
CLK-B
STCLT-AD
DRV-[0:7]
STSOL-AD
CLK-D
SCSW-D
SCSW-B
SCSW-A
CLK-C
SCSW-E
SCSW-C
ENDM-A
ENDM-B
ENDM-C
ENDM-D
SIDM-A
SIDM-B
SIDM-C
SIDM-D
PFREQ
PSTPR
PFRXD
PFACK
STCLTAD
FDCLTAD
CLK-A
AMOT-OFF
AMOT-BRK
RGCLT-CU
IC23
7407M3 4
2060, 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS 14 - 4 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to.
HINT
Logic Circuit (PWA-LGC) 4/13
(no mount)
GND
13C3
PFCRST
CLK-A
CLK-B
TRMLC-A
TRMLC-B
PCSOL-SF
FDMLC-A
DRV0
GND
IC25HC244WM
1Y0
1Y1
1Y2
1Y3
2Y0
2Y1
2Y2
2Y3
OE1
OE2
1A0
1A1
1A2
1A3
2A0
2A1
2A2
2A3
18
16
14
12
9
7
5
3
1
19
2
4
6
8
11
13
15
17
IC22HC273WM
Q7D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
CK
CLR
Q6
Q5
Q4
Q3
Q2
Q1
Q0
1918
17
14
13
8
7
4
3
11
1
16
15
12
9
6
5
2
IC20HC273WM
Q7D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
CK
CLR
Q6
Q5
Q4
Q3
Q2
Q1
Q0
1918
17
14
13
8
7
4
3
11
1
16
15
12
9
6
5
2
C1
CE10/50
1
2
CE10/50
C22
1
DG
C30
CC0.1/50
C
1
2
24V
CC0.1/50
C32C2
1
+5VSW
GND
IC128428KS
IN2
IN1
VCC
GND
OA0
OA12
1
7
4
5
3 TRMCLB
TRMCLA
DG
DG
IC138428KS
IN2
IN1
VCC
GND
OA0
OA1 3
5
4
7
1
2
TRMCUA
TRMCUB
C17
CC0.1/25
C
1
2
VDD
IC6GND0FIN
62308F
GND1
GND2
COM0
COM1
GND3
VDD0
VDD1
O1I1
I2
O0
O3
O2
I3
I0
GND0
GND1FIN18
4
3
14
10
15
2
11
6 7
8
1
13
16
9
12
5
17
FEDCLTCL
FEDCLTCU
RGTCLTCU
13A5
13A5
13A5
13A5
13A5
13A5
13A5
13A5
FDMLC-B
TRMCL-B
DRV7
DRV6
DRV5
DRV4
DRV3
DRV2
DRV1
[DRV0]
[DRV7]
[DRV6]
[DRV5]
[DRV4]
[DRV3]
[DRV2]
[DRV1]
1/10W470R155
RTP 21
3C8
12B5
12B5
12D5
12C5
12B5
12C5
12C5
134
F
1 2
A
B
A
B
543 6 7 8
C
D
E
7 81 6542 3
D
C
E
F
3C8
7D8
3B8
TRMCU-A
TRMCU-B
TRMCL-A
24V
C14
CC0.1/50C
1
2
9D2
9D2
FDCLT-SF
DRV-[0:7]
DRV-5
DRV-4
DRV-3
DRV-0
DRV-1
DRV-2
DRV-6
DRV-7
DRV-7
DRV-6
DRV-5
DRV-4
DRV-3
DRV-2
DRV-1
DRV-0
DRV-7
DRV-6
DRV-5
DRV-4
DRV-3
DRV-2
DRV-1
DRV-0
13C3
13C3
13C3
13C3
R126 1/10W4700RTP1 2
LC-LED
[TRMLC-A]
[TRMLC-B]
[PCSOL-SF]
[FDMLC-A]
[TRMCLB]
[TRMCLA]
[TRMCUA]
[TRMCUB]
[FEDCLTCL]
[FEDCLTCU]
[RGTCLTCU]
[FDMLC-B]
[FDCLT-SF]
[LC-LED]
3C8 RGCLT-CU
[PFCRST]
[CLK-A]
[CLK-B]
[DRV-[0:7]]
[RGCLT-CU]
FDCLT-CU
FDCLT-CL
C54C
1
2
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 14 - 5 2060, 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to.
HINT
Logic Circuit (PWA-LGC) 5/13
1/10W470R150RTP 21
13B3 1/10W22KR195RTP 21
RETS[0:7]
RETS6
RETS5
RETS4
RETS3
RETS2
RETS0
RETS1
RETS7
IC26HC244WM
1Y0
1Y1
1Y2
1Y3
2Y0
2Y1
2Y2
2Y3
OE1
OE2
1A0
1A1
1A2
1A3
2A0
2A1
2A2
2A317
15
13
11
8
6
4
2
19
1
3
5
7
9
12
14
16
18
SCSW-B
SCSW-A
VDDVDD
VDD
SCSW-E
PEMPAD
PJAM1AD
SIZE-3
SIZE-2
SIZE-1
SIZE-0RR124700/22KRRS9
2 3 4
1
5 6 7 8 9
4700/22KRR13
RRS9
98765
1
432
IC16HC244WM
1Y0
1Y1
1Y2
1Y3
2Y0
2Y1
2Y2
2Y3
OE1
OE2
1A0
1A1
1A2
1A3
2A0
2A1
2A2
2A3
18
16
14
12
9
7
5
3
1
19
2
4
6
8
11
13
15
17
IC17HC244WM
1Y0
1Y1
1Y2
1Y3
2Y0
2Y1
2Y2
2Y3
OE1
OE2
1A0
1A1
1A2
1A3
2A0
2A1
2A2
2A3
18
16
14
12
9
7
5
3
1
19
2
4
6
8
11
13
15
17
RETS-7
4700/22KRR8RRS9
98765
1
432
12B5
13B5
13B5
13B5
13B5
3B1
13B5
13B5
13B5
13B5
13C5
13C5
13C5
13C5
PEMPCL
135
F
1 2
A
B
A
B
543 6 7 8
C
D
E
7 81 6542 3
D
C
E
F3C8
3C8
12B3
12B5
12A5
13C3
13C3
13C3
13C3
12B5
12C5
12C5
13C3
13C3
11D3
12A5
12A5
12A5
12A5
12C5
12C5
12B5
12B5
3E1
VDD
1/10W4700R101RTP 21
R102 1/10W4700RTP1 2
R116 1/10W4700RTP1 2
1/10W4700R99RTP 21
1/10W4700R17RTP 21
R88 1/10W4700RTP1 2
R67 1/10W4700RTP1 2
1/10W4700R72RTP 21
R9 1/10W4700RTP1 2
1/10W4700R64RTP 21
1/10W4700R82RTP 21
R61 1/10W4700RTP1 2
1/10W22KR14RTP 21
R89 1/10W22KRTP1 2
1/10W22KR90RTP 21
1/10W22KR115RTP 21
R100 1/10W22KRTP1 2
R18 1/10W22KRTP1 2
R98 1/10W22KRTP1 2
1/10W22KR60RTP 21
R65 1/10W22KRTP1 2
1/10W22KR10RTP 21
R71 1/10W22KRTP1 2
1/10W22KR68RTP 21
R83 1/10W22KRTP1 2
1/10W22KR87RTP 21
1/10W22KR144RTP 21
R127 1/10W22KRTP1 2
1/10W22KR147RTP 21
R143 1/10W22KRTP1 2
R145 1/10W4700RTP1 2
1/10W4700R138RTP 21
R146 1/10W4700RTP1 2
1/10W4700R139RTP 21
RR9 4700/22KRRS9
2 3 4
1
5 6 7 8 9
RETS-0
RETS-1
RETS-2
RETS-3
RETS-4
RETS-5
RETS-6
[SIZE-3]
[SIZE-2]
[SIZE-1]
[SIZE-0]
[RETS-7]
[RETS-0]
[RETS-1]
[RETS-2]
[RETS-3]
[RETS-4]
[RETS-5]
[RETS-6]
SIZE[0:3]
[RETS[0:7]]
[SIZE[0:3]]
SIZE0
SIZE1
SIZE2
SIZE3
SFBSW
LC-KEY
LC-CNT
TUPCL
SIZCU0
SIZCU1
SIZCU2
SIZCU3
SIZCL0
SIZCL1
SIZCL2
SIZCL3
VDD VDD
VDD
R210 1/10W4700RTP1 2
1/10W4700R209RTP 21
1/10W4700R208RTP 21
R198 1/10W22KRTP1 2
1/10W22KR200RTP 21
R199 1/10W22KRTP1 2
ENDSW13A3
13A3
13A3
13A3
3B8
IC31HC244WM
1Y0
1Y1
1Y2
1Y3
2Y0
2Y1
2Y2
2Y3
OE1
OE2
1A0
1A1
1A2
1A3
2A0
2A1
2A2
2A3
18
16
14
12
9
7
5
3
1
19
2
4
6
8
11
13
15
17
R151 1/10W470RTP1 2
1/10W470R73RTP 21
R8
1/10W4700RTP1 2
1/10W4700R114RTP 21
SIDSW R201 1/10W22KRTP1 2
1/10W4700R211RTP 21
R194 1/10W4700RTP1 2
APLL-OK
R156 1/10W470RTP1 2
R69 1/10W470RTP1 2
PSTPCL
PEMPCU
TUPCU
UCOVDOR
PEMPLC
TUPLC
TDWNLC
LCDOR
PSTPCU
[SCSW-B]
[SCSW-A]
[SCSW-E]
[PEMPAD]
[PJAM1AD]
[PEMPCL]
[SFBSW]
[LC-KEY]
[LC-CNT]
[TUPCL]
[SIZCU0]
[SIZCU1]
[SIZCU2]
[SIZCU3]
[SIZCL0]
[SIZCL1]
[SIZCL2]
[SIZCL3]
[ENDSW]
[SIDSW]
[APLL-OK]
[PSTPCL]
[PEMPCU]
[TUPCU]
[UCOVDOR]
[PEMPLC]
[TUPLC]
[TDWNLC]
[LCDOR]
[PSTPCU]
2060, 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS 14 - 6 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to.
HINT
Logic Circuit (PWA-LGC) 6/13
[SKT]
IC2427C4002100F1
Q9
VPP
A0
A10A9
A4A5A6A7A8
A3A2A1
A11A12A13A14A15A16 Q14
Q15
Q13Q12
Q10Q11
Q8
OECE
A17
Q0
Q3Q2
Q4Q5
Q7Q6
Q1 18
1312
1415
1716
19
39
220
10
78
65
3438
3736353433
222324
2928272625
3132
21
1
9
WRCS11
RD
A12
A0A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9A10A11
A14A13A12A11A10A9A8A7A6A5A4A3A2A1A0
A1A2A3A4A5A6A7A8A9A10A11A12A13A14A15A16A17A18
A[0:18]
D1D2D3D4D5D6D7D7
D6D5D4D3D2D1D0
D[0:15]
D15D14D13D12D11D10D9D8D7D6D5
D0D1D2D3D4
D0
WRRAMCSRAM0
1A71E51A62A72A7
VDD
1A2
13E813D82F11A1
136
F
1 2
A
B
A
B
543 6 7 8
C
D
E
7 81 6542 3
D
C
E
F
CS2
[WR][CS11]
[RD]
[A[0:18]]
[D[0:15]]
[WRRAM][CSRAM0]
[CS2]
2B4
IC3971256S20Y
CSWE
A3A4A5A6A7A8A9A10A11A12A13
I/O5I/O4I/O3I/O2I/O1I/O0
I/O6I/O7A14
A0A1A2
OE
2027
7654325242123226
171615131211
18191
1098
22
[SKT]
IC30NC1NC2
A12A11
A8A7A6A5A4A3A2A1A0
DQ7DQ6DQ5DQ4DQ3DQ2
G
WE
A9A10
DQ1DQ0
48Z58Y70PC1
1112
2124
2027
22
131516171819
10987654325
232
261
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 14 - 7 2060, 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to.
HINT
Logic Circuit (PWA-LGC) 7/13
PFPRST
IC41
HC14M1 2
PFCRST
13B5
R178
1/10W330
RTP1 2
R176
1/10W330
RTP1 2
R177
1/10W330
RTP1 2
02CZ3.3XD9
32
GND
R301/10W4700
RTP 21
VDD
Q6
RN24014700
4700
3
2
1EXP-ONI
IC36
HC132M6
5
4
IC28
HC14M1213
IC28
HC14M1011
IC28
HC14M89
IC28
HC14M65
IC28
HC14M43
2E6
12E5
137
F
1 2
A
B
A
B
543 6 7 8
C
D
E
7 81 6542 3
D
C
E
F
24VCHK [24VCHK]
ACOFF
R2071/10W4700
RTP 21
R1621/10W4700
RTP1 2
11B6
+5VSW
R1971/10W22K
RTP1 2
R204
1/10W4700
RTP
12
R2031/10W22K
RTP1 2
1SS184
D12
1
2 3
DSPRST
R1791/10W22K
RTP1 2 1E5
CE4.7/16C3
1
2
EXPON
R271/10W68
RTP 21 Q42SA1428Y
1
2
3
Q7
4700
RN140147001
3
2
GND 4B23C1
2E8
11C3
CC0.1/25C79
C2
1
GND
D13
1SS184
32
1
VDD3B1
24V
VDD
1A5
GND
1/10W3300
R31
RTP1 2
*3
WDTOUT
WDTEN
[EXP-ONI]
[ACOFF]
[WDTOUT]
[WDTEN]
1A6
1A2
RESET
IC28
HC14M21
PDWNCHK
IC36
HC132M
9
108
R15
1/10W330RTP1 2
IC10
7407M1 2
GARST
[PFPRST]
[PFCRST]
[DSPRST]
[EXPON]
[RESET]
[PDWNCHK]
[GARST]
2060, 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS 14 - 8 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to.
HINT
Logic Circuit (PWA-LGC) 8/13
24V
1/10W4700FR135
RTP 21
1A5
HTRDY
HTRDY2 1A5
HTRTH2-
C55 CC0.1/25
C
1 2
1/10W3300FR122
RTP 21
1/10W1000FR110
RTP 21
C53
CC0.1/25 C2
1
12A31/10W4700F
R63
RTP 21
VDD
1A4ATSIN
11D3ATSVREF
12C3SCN-CHG
GND
DG
ATS-IN
R531/10W22K
RTP1 2
DACLK
DALTH
DADAT
IC4062353FP
CK
DO
AO4
AO3
DI
LD
AO6
AO8
AO7
AO5
AO1
AO2
VCC
VDD
GND
VSS1
16
8
9
2
15
5
7
10
6
12
14
3
4
11
13
HVMVREF
HVACVREF
HVTVREF
1/10W3900FR113
RTP1 2
138
F
1 2
A
B
A
B
543 6 7 8
C
D
E
7 81 6542 3
D
C
E
F
R57
1/10W10K
RTP
12
CC0.1/50C28
C 2
1
24V
2A7
2A7
2A7
12C3
12D3
12C3
IC11
75358F
4
7
5
6
8
IC11
75358F
4
1
3
2
8
11D3
CC0.1/50C29
C 2
1
VDD
GND
CC0.1/25C81
C2
1
DG
12A3 HTRTH+
HTRTH-
GND
10B5
BIASVREF
[ATSIN]
[ATSVREF]
[SCN-CHG]
[HVMVREF]
[HVACVREF]
[HVTVREF]
[BIASVREF]
HTRVREF
1A5
VDDR136
1/10W4700FRTP1 2
HTRTH2+
[HTRTH2-]
[ATS-IN]
[DACLK]
[DALTH]
[DADAT]
[HTRTH+]
[HTRTH-]
[HTRTH2+]
R1231/10W10KF
RTP1 2
CC0.1/25
C47
C
1
2R96
1/10W1000FRTP1 2
R1121/10W3300F
RTP1 2
IC21
VCC
I0+
I1-
7522S
O1
O0B
O0AI0-
II+
GND
9
8
7
2
6
3
41
5
R971/10W1MF
RTP1 2 1/10W1000R186RTP 21
R94 1/10W1000RTP1 2
VDD
1A3
R811/10W3900F
RTP1 2
R861/10W4700F
RTP1 2CC0.1/25C34
C21
GND
IC36
HC132M
12
1311 SSR-
[HTRDY]
[HTRDY2]
[SSR-]12E5
R521/10W22K
RTP1 2
1/10W3300FR111
RTP 21
1/10W1500FR141
RTP 21
1/10W82KFR95
RTP 21
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 14 - 9 2060, 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to.
HINT
Logic Circuit (PWA-LGC) 9/13
24V
CTRON
1S1834D21
2
EXTFAN
R4
2W100
12
BTMFAN
[CTRON]
[EXTFAN][BTMFAN]
11C611B8
C11CC0.1/50C
1
2
GND
C16CC0.1/25 C
1
2
C19
CC0.1/50
C
1
2
CC0.1/50C12
C2
1
GND
CC0.1/25C15
C2
1
GND
C8CC0.1/25 C
1
2
CC0.1/50C10
C2
1
DG
CC0.1/50C7
C2
1
24V
DG
CC0.1/50C6
C2
1
24V
GND
CC0.1/25C69
C2
1
GND
C13CC0.1/25 C
1
2
GND
CC0.1/25C21
C2
1
GND
C18CC0.1/25 C
1
2
OPTFAN0
2W100
R6 21
2W100R7 21
IC1GND0FIN
62308F
GND1GND2
COM0COM1
GND3VDD0VDD1
O1I1I2
O0
O3O2
I3
I0
GND0GND1FIN
81
151072
141163
1312
18
5
17
4
169
OPT-FAN2OPTFAN2A
OPT-FAN1OPT-FAN0FANCHG1
[OPT-FAN1][OPT-FAN0][FANCHG1]
FANCHG0
OPTFAN1
[OPTFAN0][OPTFAN1]
FDCLT-SF FEDCLTSF
11D34A812C31F5
12C312D312C312C310E11F3
2B32B32B32B4
CTR-ON
E-FANB-FAN
[CTR-ON]
[E-FAN][B-FAN]
DCMDDCMCDCMBDCMA
[DCMD][DCMC][DCMB][DCMA]
DCM-DDCM-CDCM-BDCM-A
[DCM-D][DCM-C][DCM-B][DCM-A]
LNSDLNSCLNSBLNSA
[LNSD][LNSC][LNSB][LNSA]
MRRDMRRCMRRBMRRA
[MRRD][MRRC][MRRB][MRRA]
LNS-DLNS-CLNS-BLNS-A
[LNS-D][LNS-C][LNS-B][LNS-A]
MRR-DMRR-CMRR-BMRR-A
[MRR-D][MRR-C][MRR-B][MRR-A]
139
F
1 2
A
B
A
B
543 6 7 8
C
D
E
7 81 6542 3
D
C
E
F
11E811D811D8
IC2GND0FIN
62308F
GND1GND2
COM0COM1
GND3VDD0VDD1
O1I1I2
O0
O3O2
I3
I0
GND0GND1FIN
17
512
916
1318
7611
2
1510
14
3
418
11B811B811B811B8
1A21A21A21A2
1A21A21A21A3
IC3GND0FIN
62308F
GND1GND2
COM0COM1
GND3VDD0VDD1
O1I1I2
O0
O3O2
I3
I0
GND0GND1FIN
17
512
916
1318
7611
2
1510
14
3
418
IC4GND0FIN
62308F
GND1GND2
COM0COM1
GND3VDD0VDD1
O1I1I2
O0
O3O2
I3
I0
GND0GND1FIN
17
512
916
1318
7611
2
1510
14
3
418
11A8
11A811A811A8
1F41F41F41F4
11D8
DG
DG
DG
+5VSW
13A811A3
11B611C6
2B3
1A11A2
1A1
DG
IC34GND
I7
O5O6
O0O1O2
O7
O4O3
I6I5I4I3I2I1I0
62385F
VDD10
1234567
1514
11
161718
1213
8
9
HVT-PREHVT-DCHVT-ACHVT-M
[OPTFAN2A]
[HVT-PRE][HVT-DC][HVT-AC][HVT-M]
HVTPREHVTDCHVTACHVTM
[OPT-FAN2]
[HVTPRE][HVTDC][HVTAC][HVTM]
RGCLT-CO RGTCLTCOPCSOL-SF
[FANCHG0]
[FDCLT-SF]
[RGCLT-CO][PCSOL-SF] PICSOLSF
[FEDCLTSF]
[RGTCLTCO][PICSOLSF]
4A8 11D3
DG
DG
+5VSW
VDD
2B22B22B2
IC5GND0FIN
62308F
GND1GND2
COM0COM1
GND3VDD0VDD1
O1I1I2
O0
O3O2
I3
I0
GND0GND1FIN
81
151072
141163
1312
18
5
17
4
169
IC7GND0FIN
62308F
GND1GND2
COM0COM1
GND3VDD0VDD1
O1I1I2
O0
O3O2
I3
I0
GND0GND1FIN
81
151072
141163
1312
18
5
17
4
169
2W100
R3 2
1
VDD
2060, 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS 14 - 10 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to.
HINT
Logic Circuit (PWA-LGC) 10/13
1/10W100
R55
RTP1 2
1/10W680
R58
RTP1 2
OPT-FAN2
OPTFAN2 [OPTFAN2]
24VF
RST-SW
DG
SCN-D
CC0.1/25
C24 C
1
2
DG
VDD
11D6
9E4
+5VSW
TNRMOT
+5VSW
TMOT-ON
ERS-ON
[OPT-FAN2]
[TMOT-ON]
[ERS-ON]
1310
F
1 2
A
B
A
B
543 6 7 8
C
D
E
7 81 6542 3
D
C
E
F
2SD1417Q3
2
3
1
1A8
11E8
Q9
RN24014700
4700
3
2
1
Q8
RN24014700
4700
1
2
3
R28
1/10W3300
RTP1 2
D3
1S1834
21
R29
1/10W1000
RTP1 2
11D3
1A8
1/10W3300
R22
RTP 21
Q22SD1417
1
3
2
R5
1/2W-2200
21
R21
1/10W1000
RTP1 2
DG
24V
ERSLP
[TNRMOT]
[ERSLP]
DG
D1
1S1834
21
2SA1428YQ1
3
2
1
R11 1/10W1000RTP1 2
R1
1/2W3300
1 2
DG
24V
11D8
11D8
11D8
11D8
1S1834
D42
1
D6
1S1834
12
GND
1S1834
D72
1
1S1834
D52
1
8A8
SCN-C
SCN-B
1F4
1F4
1F4
1F4
C20
CC0.1/25
C2
1
1/10W1000
R142RTP 21
R137
1/10W3300
RTP1 2
1F5 1S1834
D8
12
Q11
RN24014700
4700
3
2
1
Q52SD1417
1
3
2
+5VSW
12B3RSTSW
DGF
IC15
o
o
1T
6713BMK4
VREF1
ONB NB
NAONA
VCC2
A
PG
SG
B
VREF2
OA
OB
2T 10
14
13
11
6
5
4
2
1
15 3
716
9 8
SCN-A
SCN-CHG
[RST-SW]
[SCN-D]
[SCN-C]
[SCN-B]
[SCN-A]
[SCN-CHG]
SCNA
SCNC
SCNB
SCND
[RSTSW]
[SCNA]
[SCNC]
[SCNB]
[SCND]
1/10W6800R51RTP1 2
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 14 - 11 2060, 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to.
HINT
Logic Circuit (PWA-LGC) 11/13
24V
LRG
OPT-UNIT2
OPT-UNIT1
MAIN-MOTOR
FAN-MOTOR
SFB
DEV-UNIT
CONTROL-PANEL
ERSLP
DCMADCMCDCMBDCMDSCNC
SCNASCND
SCNB
2F3APSR
24V
AESIN
OPTFAN0
OPTFAN1
MRRSW
LNSSW
DRMTH
MRRAMRRBMRRCMRRD
LNSALNSBLNSCLNSD
[ERSLP]
[DCMA][DCMC][DCMB][DCMD][SCNC]
[SCNA][SCND]
[SCNB]
[APSR]
[AESIN]
[OPTFAN1]
[MRRSW]
[LNSSW]
[DRMTH]
[MRRA][MRRB][MRRC][MRRD]
[LNSA][LNSB][LNSC][LNSD]
24V
2F4
9B8
J3
53313V
B2
A8
A4A3
B7B8B9B10B11B12B13B14
B6B5B4B3
B1
A11A10A9
A7A6
A12
A14A13
A5
A2A1
OPTFAN2
TYPE-M
TFULSWMMOT-DIR
MPLL-OKMMOT-REFMMOT-BRKMMOT-OFF
BTMFAN
EXTFAN
EXPONEXPPWM
CRG1SW
EXTSW
LECLKLEDATLELTH
[OPTFAN0]
[OPTFAN2]
[TYPE-M]
[TFULSW][MMOT-DIR]
[MPLL-OK][MMOT-REF][MMOT-BRK][MMOT-OFF]
[BTMFAN]
[EXTFAN]
[EXPON][EXPPWM]
[CRG1SW]
[EXTSW]
[LECLK][LEDAT][LELTH]
DGSGE
24V5VE
J2
53313V
B11B12
B10B9
A16
A8
A4A3
B1B2B3B4B5B6B7B8
A20A19A18A17
A15
A11A10A9
A7A6
A12
A14
A5
A2A1
A13
B19B18B17B16B15B14B13
B20
PICSOLSFFEDCLTSF
SFBSW
DEVSWATSVREF
ATS-IN
DSON0DSPLTHDSPDATDSPCLKDSPRSTRETK0RETK1RETK2RETK3RETK4RETK5RETK6RETK7LCDRS
LCDEDSP0DSP1DSP2DSP3DSP4DSP5DSP6DSP7
CTRONCTR-CNT
9D4
2A6
DGSGDGND
5VD
J1
53313V
A9
A6
A25
B8
B11
B9
B7
B1B2
B4B5
B3
B6
B10
B12B13B14B15
B25B24B23B22B21
B19B18B17B16
A17A18A19A20A21A22A23A24
A16A15A14A13
A11
A7
A4A5
A3A2
A8
A10
A12
A1
B20
9B4
1311
F
1 2
A
B
A
B
543 6 7 8
C
D
E
7 81 6542 3
D
C
E
F
2E5
2A82A82A82A82A8
2B32A82A82A8
2E52E52E52E52B3
2E5
VDD
2A6
2A77D82E52E52E5
2A62A7
1F38B8
9D4
5D1
8C1
10C4
LCDR/W
VDD
2A72A72A7
2F4
1A5
2A77B8
1A81A81A52F4
1A81F3
9A4
1A3
10E4
9C4
9C4
GND
VDD
GND
9C89C8
9C89C8
9B89A8
9B8
1A4
2F4
9A4
1A4
J4
53052-14V
12
5
1314
12
67
91011
34
8
10B8
10A810B8
10B89D89D89D89D8
10B4
LED-ARRY
CC0.1/50C9
C2
1RXE017
R2 21DSON1
TNRMOT
[PICSOLSF][FEDCLTSF]
[SFBSW]
[DEVSW][ATSVREF]
[ATS-IN]
[DSON0][DSPLTH][DSPDAT][DSPCLK][DSPRST][RETK0][RETK1][RETK2][RETK3][RETK4][RETK5][RETK6][RETK7][LCDRS]
[LCDE][DSP0][DSP1][DSP2][DSP3][DSP4][DSP5][DSP6][DSP7]
[CTRON][CTR-CNT]
[DSON1]
[TNRMOT]
2060, 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS 14 - 12 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to.
HINT
Logic Circuit (PWA-LGC) 12/13
E1
DUMMY1 2
J5
53324-11
12
567
91011
34
8
POWER-UNIT1
1A7
1A7
1A61F31A71A51F3
GND
GND
1A7
1A61F31A71A51F3
2F3
2F3
2F3
1A31A31A3
GND
VDD
12A38E81F37E1
53324-6
J10
5
1234
6
5E1
5E1
4C8
5D1
5E1
5D1
5D1
4C8
4D84D8
5C15C15B15B1
4E84E8
5C15C15C1
GND
24VVDD
9E48A89E48A89E49E48A88A8
53324-8
J7
76
4321
5
8
5E1
2E4
10C8
GND
VDD53324-10
J6
8
3
12
4567
910
1A38D11A5
GND
VDD
1312
F
1 2
A
B
A
B
543 6 7 8
C
D
E
7 81 6542 3
D
C
E
F
HTRTH-HTRTH2+HTRTH2-
24VF24V
SSR+ 12E5
RSTSW
PSTPCO
PSTPCU
RGTCLTCO 9D4
BIASVREFHVMVREF
HVTMHVTPRE
HVACVREFHVTAC
HVTVREFHVTDC
53313V
J8
B20
B13B14B15B16B17B18B19
A13
A1A2
A5
A14
A12
A6A7
A9A10A11
A15
A17A18A19A20
B8B7B6B5B4B3B2B1
A3A4
A8
A16
B9B10
B12B11
SORT-SW 2E4
HTRTH+SSR-SW
[HTRTH-][HTRTH2+][HTRTH2-][SSR+]
[RSTSW]
[PSTPCO]
[PSTPCU]
[RGTCLTCO]
[BIASVREF][HVMVREF][HVTM][HVTPRE][HVACVREF][HVTAC][HVTVREF][HVTDC]
[SORT-SW]
[HTRTH+][SSR-SW]1A8
8E2
SIZCU2SIZCU1SIZCU0
TUPCU
PEMPCU
FEDCLTCU
TRMCUATRMCUB
PSTPCL
UCOVDOR
SIZCL3SIZCL2SIZCL1SIZCL0
TUPCL
PEMPCL
FEDCLTCL
TRMCLATRMCLB
VDD 24V5VD 24VF
SGD DGF
CE47/50C4
2
1
CE100/16C5
2
1
5VE
SGE
RGTCLTCU 4C8
ACOFFZCINTSSR-SSR+
53313V
J11
B9
A1A2
A5
B4B5
B3
A6A7
A9B1B2
B6
A3A4
A8
B7B8
SIZCU3
[SIZCU2][SIZCU1][SIZCU0]
[TUPCU]
[PEMPCU]
[FEDCLTCU]
[TRMCUA][TRMCUB]
[PSTPCL]
[UCOVDOR]
[SIZCL3][SIZCL2][SIZCL1][SIZCL0]
[TUPCL]
[PEMPCL]
[FEDCLTCL]
[TRMCLA][TRMCLB]
[RGTCLTCU]
[ACOFF][ZCINT][SSR-][SSR+]
[SIZCU3]5C1
APS0APS1APS2
APSF
APSC
APST
PLTNSW 2F4
DFACKDFREQ
MREQ-DFDF-CNTDFRXD
DFTXD
53324-9
J12
7654
21
3
89
J13
53324-9
98
3
12
4567
MACK-DF 1A7
SACKSREQ
MREQ-SS-CNTSRXD
STXD
MACK-S
[APS0][APS1][APS2]
[APSF]
[APSC]
[APST]
[PLTNSW]
[DFACK][DFREQ][MREQ-DF][DF-CNT][DFRXD]
[DFTXD]
[MACK-DF]
[SACK][SREQ][MREQ-S][S-CNT][SRXD]
[STXD]
[MACK-S]
POWER-UNIT2
HVT-UNIT
FUSER-UNIT
SORTER
RADF
APS
FEEDER-UNIT1 FEEDER-UNIT2
53052-11V
J9
8
43
11109
765
21
GNDDG
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 14 - 13 2060, 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to.
HINT
Logic Circuit (PWA-LGC) 13/13
7407M
CC0.1/25
C51C2
1
HC14M
CC0.1/25
C71C2
1
LCF
ADUPFP
RMS
COIN-VENDER
PC
RAM-BOARD
1F35C65C65C6
5B6
5D65D6
5D6
3C8
5B63C8
5B67D8
3B85B6
4E4
4E44E4
4E44E44E44E44E4
5E15E15E1
5D14A8
4A8
4A8
4A85D1
4A8
GND
VDD17548714V
J15
8
43
11109
76
12
1413
5
21
3B8
3B8
3D83D83B8
5A13C83E82E7
5A13A83B83A8
5A15A15A1
53313V
J14
B1
A9
A7
A1A2A3A4A5A6
A8
A10
B2B3B4B5
B7B6
B9B8
B10
171825V
J17
98765432
10
1
C2XB C2XB C2XB C2XB
WR
ZMDTCT
HC244WM
2E5
2E52B22B2
9B4
DG
CTRON
A3DTCTCRUNCLEAR
CTR-CNT
A14A13A12A11A10A9A8A7A6A5A4A3A2A1A0
CS12D7
RD
D6
D3D2D1D0
D5D4
1A21A21A21A21A21A21A21A21A21A21A21A21A21A21A2
6B26B26B26B26B26B26B26B22B41A61A72B4
HC244WM71256S
HC132M
HC273WM HC273WM
HC138M
CC0.1/25
C39C2
1
C40
CC0.1/25
C
1
2
CC0.1/25
C70C2
1
CC0.1/25
C77C2
1
C58
CC0.1/25
C
1
2
2F42A52A52A52A52A52A5
VDD
VDD
C25
CC0.1/25
C
1
2
CC0.1/25
C36C2
1C26
CC0.1/25
C
1
2
7407M
7407M7407M
7407M7407M7407M91C640N
7522S
MACK-SM
SMTXD
SMRXDSM-CNTMREQ-SMSMREQSMACK
[MACK-SM]
[SMTXD]
[SMRXD][SM-CNT][MREQ-SM][SMREQ][SMACK]
PCTXDPCRXD
PC-CNT
C76
CC0.1/25
C
1
2
CC0.1/25
C62C2
1
CC0.1/25
C57C2
1
C48
CC0.1/25
C
1
2
C61
CC0.1/25
C
1
2
GND
C64
CC0.1/25
C
1
2
C59
CC0.1/25
C
1
2
CC0.1/25
C27C2
1
C35
CC0.1/25
C
1
2
CC0.1/25
C66C2
1C56
CC0.1/25
C
1
2
C80
CC0.1/25
C
1
2
CC0.1/25
C50C2
1
C65
CC0.1/25
C
1
2
CC0.1/25
C74C2
1
1313
F
1 2
A
B
A
B
543 6 7 8
C
D
E
7 81 6542 3
D
C
E
F
C31
CC0.1/25
C
1
2
2B2
2A4
2A42F42B22A52F4
7407M
CC0.1/25
C72C2
1
GND
PCRTSPCDSRPCDTRPCCTS
24V
HC244WM
HC244WM
HC244WMHC244WM
VDD
GND
GND DG
GND
24V
2B2
CS13[WR]
[ZMDTCT]
[CTRON]
[A3DTCT][CRUN][CLEAR]
[CTR-CNT]
[A14][A13][A12][A11][A10][A9][A8][A7][A6][A5][A4][A3][A2][A1][A0]
[CS12][D7]
[RD]
[D6]
[D3][D2][D1][D0]
[D5][D4]
[PCTXD][PCRXD]
[PC-CNT]
[PCRTS][PCDSR][PCDTR][PCCTS]
[CS13]
48Z58Y
C2XB
GND
2B22B22B22B22B1
2B12B1
RMS6RMS5RMS4RMS3RMS2RMS1RMS0
24VF
+5VSW
RMS7 2B1
3B1
3B8
AD-CNTENDSWSIDSWPEMPADPJAM1ADSIDM-DSIDM-BSIDM-CSIDM-A
APLL-OKAMOT-BRKAMOT-OFFFDCLT-ADSTCLT-ADSTSOL-ADENDM-DENDM-BENDM-CENDM-A 3B8
5E1
LC-CNTTRMLC-BTRMLC-AFDMLC-BFDMLC-ALC-KEYLC-LED
TDWNLCPEMPLCTUPLC
J21
175473V
16
8
43
21222324252627282930
20191817
15
11109
76
12
1413
5
21
J20
175487-9V
98
3
12
4567
VDD
17548710V
J19
98765432
10
1
VDD
J18
17548713V
12
5
1312
67
91011
34
8
53313V
J16 A1A2
A5
A13A14
A12
A6A7
A9A10A11
B1
B3B4B5B6
B14B13B12B11B10B9B8B7
A3A4
A8
B2
+5VSW
5D63C83C85C6
DRV3DRV2DRV1DRV0DRV7DRV6DRV5DRV4CLK-DCLK-CSIZE-0SIZE-2
SCSW-ESIZE-3SIZE-1RETS-0RETS-1RETS-3RETS-2SCSW-DSCSW-CRETS-7RETS-6RETS-5RETS-4
PMOT-REF
LCDOR
[AD-CNT][ENDSW][SIDSW][PEMPAD][PJAM1AD][SIDM-D][SIDM-B][SIDM-C][SIDM-A]
[APLL-OK][AMOT-BRK][AMOT-OFF][FDCLT-AD][STCLT-AD][STSOL-AD][ENDM-D][ENDM-B][ENDM-C][ENDM-A]
[LC-CNT][TRMLC-B][TRMLC-A][FDMLC-B][FDMLC-A][LC-KEY][LC-LED]
[TDWNLC][PEMPLC][TUPLC]
[LCDOR]
C60
CC0.1/25
C
1
2
CC0.1/25
C83C2
1
IC41
HC14M3 4
IC41
HC14M5 6
C84
CC0.1/25
C
1
2
HC14M
PFPRST
[RMS6][RMS5][RMS4][RMS3][RMS2][RMS1][RMS0]
[RMS7]
[DRV3][DRV2][DRV1][DRV0][DRV7][DRV6][DRV5][DRV4][CLK-D][CLK-C][SIZE-0][SIZE-2]
[SCSW-E][SIZE-3][SIZE-1][RETS-0][RETS-1][RETS-3][RETS-2][SCSW-D][SCSW-C][RETS-7][RETS-6][RETS-5][RETS-4][PMOT-REF]
[PFPRST]
SMAIN-CPU
GND
2060, 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS 14 - 14 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to.
HINT
14.2 Control Panel Circuit14.2.1 Display circuit (PWA-DSP) 1/4
IC4
L/R
BE0
VSSL
LAST
SIN
CKSTB
LATCH
VDD
VSSD0VSSD1VSSD2VSSD3
SOUT
D1D2D3D4D5D6D7D8D9D10D11D12D13D14D15D16
7932M
4
2
1
27
26
293
28
30
8131823
5
25242221201917161514121110976
LP18LTL16KG 12
LP17LTL16KG 12
LP13LTL16KG 12
LTL16KG LP122 1
LP11LTL16KG 12
LTL16KG LP102 1
LP9LTL16KG 12
LTL16KG LP82 1
LP7LTL16KG 12
LTL16KGLP14
2 1
LP15LTL16KG 12
LP16LTL16KG 12
LP6LTL16KG 12
LP5LTL16KG 12
LP4LTL16KG 12
LP3LTL16KG 12
LP2LTL16KG 12
LP1LTL16KG 12
4C8
4C8
4C84C8
4C8
4B8
41
F
1 2
A
B
A
B
543 6 7 8
C
D
E
7 81 6542 3
D
C
E
F
USER/AJ
DP
EDGE
5VD
SGD
DSPLTH1
DSPCLK
DSON0
DSON1
[DSON0]
[DSON1]
GND
R121002 1
R71002 1
4B3
1000R19 21
1000R20 1 2
1000R17 1 2
1000R18 21
4B3 4C8
R2100
12
R3100
12
R41002 1
R5100
12
R61002 1
R131002 1
4B3
4B3
4B3
4B3
150R11 21
R9 22001 2
2200R8 21
R10 1501 2
4C8
1000R16
1 2
2SA1428YQ1
3
2
1
Q22SA1428Y
3
2
1
4C8
1000R151 2
VDD
IC3
HC1421
DSPCLK1
IC3
HC1443
DSPRST
O/3
O/2
O/1
O/0
O/USER
AMS
MSB
MSR
MSL
P/3
P/2
P/1
P/0
P/USER
APS
R14100
12
4C8DSPOUT1
EXPO6-1
PHOTOA-EXPO5
EXPO8-3EXPO7-2
EXPO9-4
CKME0.1/25
C4 1
2
C7
CKM33P/50J
12
CKM33P/50J
C6
21
DSPDATDSPLTH
[DSPCLK]
[DSPRST]
[DSPDAT][DSPLTH]
DSPON0 4B8
DSPON1
[DSPLTH1][DSPCLK1][DSPOUT1]
[EXPO6-1]
[PHOTO][A-EXPO5]
[EXPO8-3][EXPO7-2]
[EXPO9-4]
[DSPON0][DSPON1]4B8
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 14 - 15 2060, 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to.
HINT
Display circuit (PWA-DSP) 2/4
RETK6
RETK7
RETK1
RETK0
DSP-6
DSP-5
DSP-4
DSP-3
DSP-2
DSP-1
DSP-0
[RETK6]
[RETK7]
[RETK1]
[RETK0]
[DSP-6]
[DSP-5]
[DSP-4]
[DSP-3]
[DSP-2]
[DSP-1]
[DSP-0]
DSP6
DSP5
DSP4
DSP2
DSP1
DSP0 4B8
4C8
4B8
4B8
4C8
4B8
4C8
4B3
3C5
3C5
3C5
3C5
3C5
3C5IC1
740613 12
1000S12
B3F43
21
1000S11
B3F43
21
1000S10
B3F43
21
1000S9
B3F43
21
S81000
B3F
12
34
1000S7
B3F43
21
S61000
B3F
12
34
1000S5
B3F43
21
1000S4
B3F43
21
1000S3
B3F43
21
1000S2
B3F43
21
1000S1
B3F43
21
1000S14
B3F43
21
1000S17
B3F43
21
1000S15
B3F43
21
S181000
B3F
12
34
S161000
B3F
12
34
O/3
O/0
O/USER
AMS APS
P/USER
P/0
4B3 4C8
4C3
4C3
IC1
74061 2
IC1
740643
IC1
74065 6
IC1
740689
IC1
740611 10
IC2
740689
O/2
O/1
P/3
P/2
P/1
SET
USER/AJ
EDGE
M/S
RECALL
D/P
3C5
42
F
1 2
A
B
A
B
543 6 7 8
C
D
E
7 81 6542 3
D
C
E
F
DSP3
[DSP6]
[DSP5]
[DSP4]
[DSP2]
[DSP1]
[DSP0]
[DSP3]
S131000
B3F
12
34
2060, 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS 14 - 16 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to.
HINT
Display circuit (PWA-DSP) 3/4
VCNT0R32 21
R24
1000
12
R22
1000
12
LCDRS
DSP6
DSP2
DSP0
4C3
4D3 4D5DSP7
4C32A2 4C3 4B52A2 4C3 4D5DSP1
2B2 4C3 4B52B2 4C3 4D5DSP3
2C2 4C3 4B5DSP4
2C2 4C3 4D5DSP5
2D2 4C3 4B5
PV1K
VR1
RAV
23 1
R21
4700
12
4B5
E
4D5
4700
R31
21
R28
4700
12
4700
R25
21
R26
4700
12
4700
R27
21
4700
R29
21
R30
4700
12
VDD
IC3
HC1456
IC3
HC1498
IC3
HC141312
IC3
HC141110
RS
[VCNT]
[E]
[RS]
4D5
10K
R1
21
SGD
HC14 7406 7406
CE47/16
C1
1
2
CKME0.1/25
C3
1
2
IC2
74061213
IC2
74061011
IC2
740665
IC2
740643
IC2
740621
43
F
1 2
AA
B
543 6 7 8
C
D
E
7 81 6542 3
D
B
C
E
F
GND
VDD
C9 CKME0.1/2512
C2 CE47/161
2
5VD
GND
CKME0.1/25
C8
1
2
C5
CKME0.1/25
2
1
1000R33 21
GND
LCDE
[LCDRS]
[DSP6]
[DSP2]
[DSP0]
[DSP7]
[DSP1]
[DSP3][DSP4][DSP5]
[LCDE]1000R23 21
GND
C12CQ1000P/50
1
2 CQ1000P/50C11
2
1
GND
(JUMPER-WIRE)
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 14 - 17 2060, 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to.
HINT
Display circuit (PWA-DSP) 4/4
17398514V (WH)
VDD
VDDJ32
302928
2221
19181716151413121110
6
4321
98
5
7
20
242526
23
272D7CTR-ON
2D7CTR-CNT
24V
SGD
R/W
DSP3
3C2
GND
DSP-1DSP-6 2D7
3C5
3C5
3C53C5
DSP7
CTR-CNT
5VD
SGD
DSON0DSON1
RETK0RETK1
4B5
44
F
1 2
AA
B
543 6 7 8
C
D
E
7 81 6542 3
D
B
C
E
F
2E7
2D7
1E41E41B11B11C11B12D7
4B84C84B84B82D7
3C5
3C53C53C53C5
3C53C53C53C5
DSP2DSP1
RETK7RETK6RETK5RETK4RETK3RETK2
DSPRSTDSPCLKDSPDATDSPLTH
DSP0
4D5
GND
DSP6DSP5DSP4DSP3
LCDE
1D8
2B71A82A74C34C34B32B72C71A81C81C81C82C71C81C81C81B1
1D81D84B32D72A7
RETK1
DSPRST
EXPO9-4DSP-4
DSPOUT1
EXPO7-2
DSP-5
RETK5
RETK2RETK4
DSP-3
EXPO6-1
EXPO8-3
A-EXPO5PHOTO
DSPLTH1DSPCLK1RETK3
DSP-0DSPON1
DSPON0
3C5
DSP-2
[CTR-ON][CTR-CNT]
[DSP-1][DSP-6]
[RETK1]
[DSPRST]
[EXPO9-4][DSP-4]
[DSPOUT1]
[EXPO7-2]
[DSP-5]
[RETK5]
[RETK2][RETK4]
[DSP-3]
[EXPO6-1]
[EXPO8-3]
[A-EXPO5][PHOTO]
[DSPLTH1][DSPCLK1][RETK3]
[DSP-0][DSPON1]
[DSPON0]
[DSP-2]
VDD
CTR-ON
[CTR-CNT][CTR-ON]
3C23C53C53C5
3C2
RS
DSP0
DSP2DSP1
3C5DSP7
DSP4DSP5DSP6
E
VCNT
[DSP3]
[RS]
[DSP0]
[DSP2][DSP1]
[DSP7]
[DSP4][DSP5][DSP6]
[E]
[VCNT]
GND
J30
53313V
A1
A12
A10
A8
A2A3
A5A4
A7
A11
A13A14A15A16
B7B6B5B4B3B2B1A17
B14
B11
B13B12
B10B9
B15
B17B16
B8
A6
A9
C10CKME0.1/2521J31
8
43
11109
76
12
1413
5
21
24V
LCDRS
[DSP7]
[[DSON0][DSON1]
[RETK0][RETK1]
[DSP2][DSP1]
[RETK7][RETK6][RETK5][RETK4][RETK3][RETK2]
[DSPRST][DSPCLK][DSPDAT][DSPLTH]
[DSP0]
[DSP6][DSP5][DSP4][DSP3]
[LCDE]
[LCDRS] KEY
LCD
LGC
2060, 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS 14 - 18 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to.
HINT
14.2.2 Control key circuit (PWA-KEY) 1/5
C2
CKME0.1/25
12
2C2DSPOUT2
100 R32 1
5C5
LTL16KGLP52
2 1
LP51LTL16KG 12
LTL16KGLP1
2 1
ADD3
ADD2
DSPON1
STAPLE
SORT
DSPON0
[DSPOUT2]
[DSPON1][DSPON0]
DSPOUT1
5B53B62A7
IC2
L/R
BE0
VSSL
LAST
SIN
CKSTB
LATCH
VDD
VSSD0VSSD1VSSD2VSSD3
SOUT
D1D2D3D4D5D6D7D8D9D10D11D12D13D14D15D16
7932M
2
29
25
14121110976
2422212019171615
427
2826
5
3
30
81318231
ADD1
ADD4
AC
PS
INT
2IN1
GROUP
VDD
R11100 12
DSPCLK1
DSPLTH1
100 R22 1R14100 12
100 R292 1R30100 12R31100 12
R12100 12100 R132 1
R19100 12100 R202 1
GND
51
F
1 2
AA
B
543 6 7 8
C
D
E
7 81 6542 3
D
B
C
E
F
R32100 12
100 R282 1R21100 12
5C55C55C5
DSPRST
[DSPOUT1]
[DSPCLK1]
[DSPLTH1][DSPRST]
SGD
100 R272 1
5B53B62A7
100 R102 1
LP535836G
C31
3A3B3C3D
3F3G3DP
3E
1DP
2E
2DP2G2F
2D2C2B2A
1A1B1C1D
1F1G
1EC12
C32
C22
C11
C21
DSP16N
13
17161412
192015
11
5
6
102524
792122
272642
2930
128
18
23
3
8
LTL16KGLP3
2 1
LTL16KGLP2
2 1
LTL16KGLP4
2 1
LTL16KGLP50
2 1
LP8LTL16KG 12
LP7LTL16KG 12
LP9LTL16KG 12
LTL16KGLP10
2 1
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 14 - 19 2060, 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to.
HINT
Control key circuit (PWA-KEY) 2/5
E1[DUMMY]1 2
SGD
TJ
RJ
SJ
CST4
CST3
CST2
CST1
KCTR
TEMP
SRVC
CST6
CST5
1A71A7
DSPCLK1
DSPLTH1
R16100
12
100R172 1
R15100
12
100R182 1
R24100
12
100R92 1
100R232 1
100R252 1
R26100
12
100R62 1
R5100
12
R22100
12
52
F
1 2
A
B
A
B
543 6 7 8
C
D
E
7 81 6542 3
D
C
E
F
DSPRST
100R72 1
100R82 1
1E75C55C5
5C5
GND
R4100
12
100R12 1
PEMP2
PEMP3
PEMP4
PEMP5
PEMP6
DEJ
EJ
ADUJ
PJ
DF/MULTI
PEMP1
DF/SINGL
DFJ
MJ
O/YOKO
O/TATE
TFULL
ADDSTUCK
DSPOUT2
[DSPCLK1]
[DSPLTH1][DSPRST]
[DSPOUT2]
IC1
L/R
BE0
VSSL
LAST
SIN
CKSTB
LATCH
VDD
VSSD0VSSD1VSSD2VSSD3
SOUT
D1D2D3D4D5D6D7D8D9D10D11D12D13D14D15D16
7932M
67910111214151617192021222425
5
2318138
30
28
329
26
27
1
2
4
LTL16KGLP5
2 1
LTL16KGLP38
2 1
LTL16KGLP22
2 1
LTL16KGLP23
2 1
LTL16KGLP24
2 1
LTL16KGLP25
2 1
LTL16KGLP26
2 1
LTL16KGLP27
2 1
LTL16KRLP12
2 1
DSPON1
LP15LTL16KR 12
LTL16KYLP30
2 1
LTL16KRLP16
2 1
LP33LTL16KY 12
LP32LTL16KG 12
DSPON0[DSPON1][DSPON0]
LP6LTL16KG 12
LP35LTL16KY 12
LTL16KY LP172 1
LP18LTL16KY 12
LTL16KY LP192 1
LP20LTL16KY 12
LTL16KY LP212 1
LTL16KG LP282 1
LP29LTL16KR 12
LP11LTL16KR 12
LTL16KR LP132 1
LP31LTL16KR 12
LTL16KR LP362 1
LP14LTL16KR 12
LP37LTL16KR 12
LP34LTL16KY 12
C1
CKME0.1/25
1
2
VDD
2060, 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS 14 - 20 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to.
HINT
Control key circuit (PWA-KEY) 3/5
EXPO6-1
EXPO7-2
EXPO8-3
5C5
PHOTO
LP45LTL433G12
LTL433G LP442 1
LP43LTL433G12
LP42LTL433G12
LP41LTL433G12
LTL433G LP492 1
LP48LTL433G12
LP47LTL433G12
LP46LTL433G12
1A7DSPON1
100R33
125B5
53
F
1 2
A
B
A
B
543 6 7 8
C
D
E
7 81 6542 3
D
C
E
F
1A7
100R34
125C5
100R35
125C5
R361002 1
100R38
125C5
100R37
125C5
DSPON0
[DSPON1]
[DSPON0]
EXPO6
EXPO7
EXPO8
EXPO9
AUTO
PHOTO
EXPO5
EXPO4
EXPO3
EXPO2
EXPO1
LTL16KG LP392 1
LP40LTL16KG12
A-EXPO5
EXPO9-4
[EXPO6-1]
[EXPO7-2]
[EXPO8-3]
[PHOTO]
[A-EXPO5]
[EXPO9-4]
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 14 - 21 2060, 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to.
HINT
Control key circuit (PWA-KEY) 4/5
SRTPRINT
C/S
C/S0
DFINT987
ADDP/S654
A/C321
CSTACTZ/UZ/D
PHOTOAUTOEXP/UEXP/D
NOYESHELP
5C5
5B5
5D5
54
F
1 2
A
B
A
B
543 6 7 8
C
D
E
7 81 6542 3
D
C
E
F
5B5
5B5
5B5
5C5
5B5
5C5
5B5
5B5
PREV
1000S12
B3F43
21
1000S6
B3F43
21
1000S29
B3F43
21
1000S15
B3F43
21
1000S18
B3F43
21
S211000
B3F
12
34
1000S24
B3F43
21
1000S7
B3F43
21
S101000
B3F
12
34
1000S27
B3F43
21
1000S16
B3F43
21
1000S19
B3F43
21
1000S22
B3F43
21
1000S25
B3F43
21
S261000
B3F
12
34
1000S8
B3F43
21
S111000
B3F
12
34
1000S28
B3F43
21
1000S17
B3F43
21
1000S20
B3F43
21
1000S23
B3F43
21
4000S31
B3F43
21
S51000
B3F
12
34
1000S9
B3F43
21
S41000
B3F
12
34
S301000
B3F
12
34
S131000
B3F
12
34
S141000
B3F
12
34
1000S3
B3F43
21
1000S2
B3F43
21
1000S1
B3F43
21
5C5
DSP-0
DSP-1
DSP-2
DSP-3
DSP-4
DSP-5
DSP-6
[DSP-0]
[DSP-1]
[DSP-2]
[DSP-3]
[DSP-4]
[DSP-5]
[DSP-6]
RETK1
RETK2
RETK3
RETK4
RETK5
[RETK1]
[RETK2]
[RETK3]
[RETK4]
[RETK5]
2060, 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS 14 - 22 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
Control key circuit (PWA-KEY) 5/5
J33 30
29
28
22
21
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
64321 985 7 20
24
25
26
23
27
5B7
CTR-CNT
5B7
CTRON
24V
SGD
GND
PHOTO
DSP-5
RETK5
DSP-0
RETK3
RETK1
DSP-1
DSP-6
DSPCLK1
DSPLTH1
DSPOUT1
DSPRST
A-EXPO5
EXPO7-2
EXPO6-1
DSPON0
DSP-3
RETK2
EXPO8-3
RETK4
DSPON1
DSP-2
1C2
55
F
12
A B
A B
54
36
78
C D E
78
16
54
23
DC E F
4B1
1A7
4A1
4E8
4E8
4D8
4B1
4C1
1A7
3C3
3C3
3C3
4C1
3C3
3B3
3B3
2C2
1C2
2C2
1C2
2C2
1C2
4E8
4D8
4A1
4D1
VDD
GNDEXPO9-4
DSP-4
[CTR-CNT]
[CTRON]
[PHOTO]
[DSP-5]
[RETK5]
[DSP-0]
[RETK3]
[RETK1]
[DSP-1]
[DSP-6][DSPCLK1]
[DSPLTH1]
[DSPOUT1]
[DSPRST]
[A-EXPO5]
[EXPO7-2]
[EXPO6-1]
[DSPON0]
[DSP-3]
[RETK2]
[EXPO8-3]
[RETK4]
[DSPON1]
[DSP-2]
[EXPO9-4]
[DSP-4]
5D5
5D5
CTR-CNT
CTRON
[CTR-CNT]
[CTRON]
24V
J34
53025-4
1 2 3 4
DSP
T-CTR
How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to.
HINT
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 14 - 23 2060, 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to.
HINT
14.3 Power Supply Circuit (PS-ACC)[A] 115 V
2060, 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS 14 - 24 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to.
HINT
[B] 200 V
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 14 - 25 2060, 2860/70 CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
How to search for where a signal in a circuit diagram has jumped to.
HINT
[C] 200 V (French production)
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 15 - 1 2060, 2860/70 POWER
15. POWER STABILIZING CIRCUIT15.1 Power CircuitThis power circuit has the following 3 DC outputs.
DC output Rating Main load
5V 5.1V±5% LED eraser array, LCD, LED, logic IC power supplies
24VA – E, I, J 24V±10% Motors, clutches, high-voltage transformer, scanning motor
24VF – H 24V±10% RADF, optional sorter, main switch
15.2 Description of OperationWhen the main switch on the copier is turned ON, AC power is supplied to the switching power supply,
and then the 5V power supply for the logic ICs, and the 24VF – H DC power supply for the RADF and
sorter are turned ON. At this time, if the door switch is ON (closed), the 24VA – E, I, J DC voltages are
turned ON.
Each of these power circuit is provided with overcurrent protection fuses (excluding 5V) and an overcurrent
protection unit is provided in the circuit to protect the copier’s power circuit in case of an overload or a
power output short.
When these functions are in operation, remove the cause of the overload or short. When a fuse has
blown, replace the fuse. Or, when overcurrent protection in the circuit is in operation, turn the main switch
OFF then ON again to enable circuit operation.
The power circuit is also provided with an overvoltage protection function. This function prevents the
power supply from turning ON to protect electrical components if two different voltages short. If this
happens, remove the cause of the short, and turn the main switch OFF then ON again to enable circuit
operation.
2060, 2860/70 POWER 15 - 2 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
15.3 DC Voltage Applications and Related Fuse Numbers
Voltage Load Fuse Numbers
+5.1V For LSIs, logic ICs, LED eraser array, LCD, and display LEDs. —
ACOFF For detection of abnormalities in the power supply, and exposure lamp control. —
ZCINT
+24VA Main motor (M1) F7
+24VB Scanning motor (M2), lens motor (M3), mirror motor (M4), tray-up motor (M13),
+24VC exit fan (M7), OPT fan (M6, 12), Bottom fan (M8), toner motor (M9), document F8
motor (M11), aligning clutch (CLT2), transport clutch (CLT1), feed clutch (CLT3 – 5),
total counter
+24VD, E PFP (pedestal)
+24VI ADU F9
+24VJ LCF
+24VF RADF F4
+24VG Sorter F5
+24VH Reset switch (main switch) drive, remote monitoring F6
[A] DC voltage check
DC output voltages can be checked on following connector pin.
Voltage Connector Pin
24VA J529 1
24VB J534 2
24VC J530 11
24VD J533 7
24VE J533 8
24VI J535 1
24VJ J536 1
24VF J532 1
24VG J533 1
24VH J530 2
5V J531 5
15.4 AC Voltage1 Heater lamp voltage
2 Lamp regulator voltage
3 Damp heater voltage
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 15 - 3 2060, 2860/70 POWER
15.5 Output Sequence
Reg 1 (Option)+24V
Zero cross
Reg 2 (Copier)+24V
AC input
+5V
ACOFF
21.6V or more
21.6V or more
10ms ~ 120ms
4.75V or more
0 – 200ms
ON
OFF
21.6V or more
21.6V or more
4.75V ormore
20ms ormore
10ms ormore
500ms orless
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 16 - 1 2060, 2860/70 PC BOARD
16. PC BOARD ASSEMBLY16.1 PWA-LGC
2060, 2860/70 PC BOARD 16 - 2 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
16.2 PWA-DSP
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 16 - 3 2060, 2860/70 PC BOARD
16.3 PWA-KEY
2060, 2860/70 PC BOARD 16 - 4 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
16.4 LCD
16.5 PWA-ERS
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 16 - 5 2060, 2860/70 PC BOARD
16.6 PS-ACC[A-1] Japanese/chinese production (115V)
2060, 2860/70 PC BOARD 16 - 6 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
[A-2] Japanese/chinese production (230V)
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 16 - 7 2060, 2860/70 PC BOARD
[B] French production
2060, 2860/70 PC BOARD 16 - 8 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
16.7 PS-HVT
Gui
de b
ias
outp
ut
Mai
n ch
arge
out
put
Grid
out
put
Fas
ton
term
inal
for
the
deve
lope
r un
it bi
as o
utpu
t
Sep
arat
ion
outp
ut
Tran
sfer
out
put
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 17 - 1 2060, 2860/70 WIRE
L N
G
D-HTR-L
D-HTR-U1
D-HTR-U2
SSR
SW.Reg
SW.Reg
CKT
J80-1
J80-2
J80-3
J81-1
J82-1
J81-2
J82-2
J90-1 J525-3
J501-1
J501-3
J524-1
J523-3
J525-1 J90-3
J526-1
J91-1
J91-2
J523-4
J526-3J524-2
J523-2J523-1
J521 J522*1Breaker100V~: 15A200V~: 10A
Main SW
Thermostat
Fuse 1A
Lamp regulatorExposure lamp
Thermo fuse
Heater lamp
Thermostat
*1Fuse100V~: 10A200V~: 6.3A
Main SW
17. WIRE HARNESS CONNECTION DIAGRAM17.1 AC Wire Harness[A] Japanese/chinese production
Door SW
Relay
*1
*1: Parts inside the switching power supply
*1 *1
Copier +24V(Motor, clutch, high-voltage, etc.)
Door SW
Option +24V, +5V(DF, Sorter, RMS, etc.)
TRIAC
2060, 2860/70 WIRE 17 - 2 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
L N
G
D-HTR-L
D-HTR-U1
D-HTR-U2
SSR
SW.Reg
SW.Reg
J80-1
J80-2
J80-3
J81-1
J82-1
J81-2
J82-2
J90-1 J525-3
J501-1
J501-3
J524-1
J523-3
J525-1 J90-3
J526-1
J91-1
J91-2
J523-4
J526-3
J524-2
J523-2J523-1
J521 J522
*1Breaker10A
Main SW Main SW
Fuse 1A
Thermostat
Heater lamp
TRIAC
Lamp regulator
*1 Fuse 2A
*1 Fuse 2A
*1: Parts inside the switching power supply
[B] French production
Thermostat
Thermo fuse
*1 *1
Door SW
*1
Copier +24VMotor, clutch, high-voltage, etc.
Exposure lamp
Option +24V, +5V(DF, Sorter, RMS, etc.)
Door SW
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 17 - 3 2060, 2860/70 WIRE
17.2 DC Wire Harness Connection Diagram
711DSP6
612DSP5
513DSP4
414DSP3
315DSP2
DSP-2
DSP-1
DSP-6
DSP-3
DSP-5
DSP-4
PHOTODSPRST
DSPOUT1DSPLTH1
DSPCLK1
DSP-0
RETK5RETK4RETK2
RETK3
RETK1
DSPON1
DSPON0EXPO6-1EXPO7-2EXPO8-3
EXPO9-4
A-EXPO5216DSP1
117DSP0
1718LCDE
1619LCD R/W
1520LCDRS
1421RETK7
1322RETK6
1223RETK5
1124RETK4
1025RETK3
4321
91RETK2
82RETK1
73RETK0
64DSPRST
55DSPCLK
46DSPDAT
37DSPLTH
28DSON0
19DSON1
810+24V
711TNRMOT
612DG
513ATS-IN
414+24V
315ATSVREF
216DEVSW
1
12
21
21
4 43 32 21 1
34567817GND
318GND
219SFBSW
120VDD
221+24V
12122FEDCLTSF
23PICSOLSF
24+24V
25
J229
J105
J308
J212
J546
TNR-MOT
SNR-ATS
M-FED-SW
M-FED-CLT
171CTR-CNT
CTR-CNT
162CTRON
CTRON
CTR-CNT
CTRON
153+24V
+24V
+24V
144GND
GND
GND
135VDD
VDD
126SGD
117SGD
SGD
108+5VD
99+5VD
810
4321
43211
23456789
101112131415161718192021222324252627282930
123456789
101112131415161718192021222324252627282930
DSP7
K-CTR
T-CTR
J239
J1A
J1B
J30B
J30A
J32
J31 J35B
J35A
J33 J34
11GND
23VCNT
35R/W
47DSP0
59DSP2
611DSP4
713DSP6
12VDD
24RS
36E
48DSP1
510DSP3
612DSP5
714DSP7
PWA-DSP
PWA-LGC
PWA-KEY
LCD
2060, 2860/70 WIRE 17 - 4 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
9 91VDD
8 82GND
7 73LELTH
6 64LEDAT
5 55LECLK
4 46+5VE
3 37+5VE
2 28SGE
1 19SGE
3 110GND
2 211EXTSH
1 3
32112VDD
313GND
214CRG1SW
115VDD
4 416VDD
3 317EXPPWM
2 218EXPON
1 119GND
20
DCH
EXIT-SW
HOME-SW
PS-LRG
J2A J307
J227
J114
J502
J104
4 11EXTFAN
3 22 21 1
2 21 1
12345
21
2+24V
2 33BTMFAN
1 44+24V
8 85MMOT-OFF
7 76MMOT-BRK
6 67MMOT-REF
5 58MPLL-OK
4 49GND
3 310VDD
2 211MMOT-DIR
1 1
2 112TFULSW
1 213GND
2 214OPTFAN0
1 115+24V
16TYPE-M
17GND
18+24V
19OPTFAN2
20DG
EXT-FAN
BTM-FAN
PS-ACCJ529
T-FULL-SW
OPT-FAN-R
J2B J242
J43
J103 J121
J47
J201
J202
J204
MAIN-MOT
12 1 6 6111 2 5 5210 3 4 439 4 3 348 5 2 257 6 1 16
6 7 6 675 8 5 584 9 4 493 10 3 3102 11 2 2111 12 1 112
2 1131 214
6 1 315 2 224 3 13
3 4 342 5 251 6 16
8 1 2 277 2 1 18
6 3 1 195 4 2 210
3 34 5 4 411
3 6 3122 7 2131 8 114
+24VLNSDLNSCLNSBLNSA+24V
+24VMRRDMRRCMRRBMRRA
+24V
DRMTHGND
GNDLNSSW
VDD
GNDMRRSW
VDD
OPTFAN1+24V
+24VAESIN
GND
VDDAPSRGND
LNS-MOT
MRR-MOT
LNS-SW
MRR-SW
APS-R
PWA-AES
OPT-FAN-F
DRM-THMS
J3A
J3B
J244
J301
J243
J245
J112
J306
J203
J113
J102
J542
J545
For 2860(Eur paper size)
PWA-LGC
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 17 - 5 2060, 2860/70 WIRE
1
1
1
2
21
2
345
123
21
5
4
321
321
21
1
321
321
1+24V
2RSTSW
3GND
4PSTPC0
5VDD
6GND
7PSTPCU
8VDD
9+24V
10RGTCLTC0
J223 J224
J309
J302
J310
J303
J304J227
J108J226
J214
MAIN-SW
PSTP0-SW
PSTP1-SW
RGT0-CLT
J6
J5
31GND
22SORT-SW
13VDD
44SSR-SW
35HTRTH+
26HTRTH–
1
4321
547HTRTH2+
328
1011
HTRTH2–
1
543219SSR+
THMS1-HTR
THMS2-HTR
SORTER-SW
1BIASVREF
2HVMVREF
3HVTM
4HVTPRE
5HVACVREF
6HVTAC
7HVTVREF
8HVTDC
PS-HVT
PS-ACC J534
10987654321
123456789
10
10987654321
10987654321
J7 J222 J511
6 61SCNB
5 52+24V
4 43SCND
3 34SCNA
2 25+24V
1 16SCNC
6 67DCMO
5 58DCMB
4 49DCMC
3 310DCMA
2 211+24V
1 112+24V
2 213+24V
1 114ERSLP
J4 J544
J541
J305
PWA-ERS
DCM-MOT
SCN-MOT
PWA-LGC
2060, 2860/70 WIRE 17 - 6 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
1SIZCU3
SIZE1-SW
For upper CassetteT-UP1-SW
EMP1-SW
PSTP2-SW
U-COV-SW
FED1-CLT
T-UP1-MOT
115 654321
321
321
12
12
21
21
321
21
214
313412511
6107988
97106115
124133
142151
152433
2211
2SIZCU2
3SIZCU1
4SIZCU0
5GND
6GND
7TUPCU
8VDD
9GND
10PEMPCU
11VDD
12FEDCLTCU
13+24V
14TRMCUA
15TRMCUB
16GND
17PSTPCL
18VDD
19UCOVDOR
20GND
J8A J115
J116
J117
J211
J547
J106J225
J107
J233
1SIZCL3 115 62SIZCL2 214 5
43SIZCL1 313 34SIZCL0 412 25GND 511 1
6GND 610 37TUPCL 79 28VDD 88 1
9GND 97 310PEMPCL 106 211VDD 115 1
12FEDCLTCL 124 113+24V 133 2
12
14TRMCLA 142 215TRMCLB 151 1
21
16+24V 2217RGTCLTCU 11181920
FED2-CLT
EMP2-SW
T-UP2-SW
SIZE2-SW
T-UP2-MOT
RGT1-CLT
J8B J115
J116
J117
J211
J547
J213
J234
For lower Cassette
1SGE 62+5VE 53ACOFF 44ZCINT 35SSR– 26SSR+ 1
1+24V 52+24V 23+24V 145DG 46DG 3
1+24V 112DG 12
J10 J531
PS-ACC
J529
J532 J236
J47
ADF
MAIN-MOT
1+24V 112DG 12
3SG 64VDD 55DG 46DG 37+24V 28+24V 1
1DG 22+24V 1
1+24V 123+5V 24DG 35SG 4
1+24V 22DG 1
6VDD 65DG 74DG 83DG 92+24V 101+24V 11
7+5VD 58SG 49SGD 3
10+24VF 211DGF 1
J9
J533
J534
J535
J530
J536
J237
J254
J222
J255
SORTER
PFP
HVT
ADU
LCF
PS-ACC
J235PowerSourcepins
PWA-LGC
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA 17 - 7 2060, 2860/70 WIRE
14 11GND 513 22VDD 412 33APS0 311 44APS1 210 55APS2 1
9 66VDD 6 18 77APSF 5 27 88
9
GND 4 3
6 91VDD 3 45 102APSC 2 54 113GND 1 6
321
321
3 124VDD
2 135APST
1 146GND
37GND
28PLTNSW
19VDD
J11A
J11B
J230
J101
J109
For 2860
J247 J110
J111
APS-3B
APS-F
APS-C
PTN-SW
1DFACK 12DFREQ 23MREQ-DF 34DF-CNT 4
55DFRXD 66GND 77DFTXD 88GND 99MACK-DF 10
1112
ADF
FGJ12 J236
1SACK 12SREQ 23MREQ-S 34S-CNT 4
55SRXD 66GND 77STXD 88GND 99MACK-S 10
1112
PS-ACCJ532
PS-ACCJ533
SORTER
FG
J13 J237
1AD-CNT 102ENDSW 93SIDSW 84PEMPAD 75PJAM1AD 66SIDM-D 57SIDM-B 48SIDM-C 39SIDM-A 2
10+5VSW 1
1APLL-OK 102AMOT-BRK 93AMOT-OFF 84FDCLT-AD 75STCLT-AD 66STSOL-AD 57ENDM-D 48ENDM-B 39ENDM-C 2
10ENDM-A 1
J14A J235A
J14B J235B ADU
4321
J235
PS-ACCJ535
J235 Power Source pins
PWA-LGC
2060, 2860/70 WIRE 17 - 8 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA
1GND 142LC-CNT 133TRMLC-B 124TRMLC-A 115FOMLC-B 106FOMLC-A 97LC-KEY 88LC-LED 79LCDOR 6
10TDWNLC 511PEMPLC 412TUPLC 313GND 214VDD 1
1PCTXD
2PCRXD
3PCRTS
4PCDSR
5PCDTR
6PCCTS
7PC-CNT
8VDD
9GND
J15
J20
J241
LCF
1DRV3 282DRV2 273DRV1 264DRV0 255DRV7 246DRV6 237DRV5 228DRV4 219CLK-D 20
10CLK-C 1911SIZE-0 1812SIZE-2 1713PFPRST 1614+5VSW 15
1SCSW-E 142SIZE-3 133SIZE-1 124RETS-0 115RETS-1 106RETS-3 97RETS-2 88SCSW-D 79SCSW-C 6
10RETS-7 511RETS-6 412RETS-5 313RETS-4 214PMOT-REF 1
J16A
J16B
J248
PFP
1+24V
2CTRON
3CTR-CNT
4ZMDTCT
5ENABLE
6ERROR
7A3DTCT
8VDD
9GND
10DG
J19
1RMS7
2RMS6
3RMS5
4RMS4
5RMS3
6RMS2
7RMS1
8RMS0
9+24V
10GND
J17
PWA-LGC
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP. 18 - 1 2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION
18. INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION18.1 2060, 2860/70
• The unpacking and set-up procedure should
be done by a qualified person.
2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION 18 - 2 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP.
<Unpacking the accessory package>
Remove the accessory package and other pack-
ing material.
Accessories vary according to the destination.
<Unpacking procedure>
Unpacking the copier carton box.
• The machine must be lifted with a person on its
right and left side and the handles grasped
firmly.
• Keep the machine horizontal when transport-
ing it.
• Set the machine on the appropriate stand.
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP. 18 - 3 2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION
Remove the paper from the paper package.
• Remove the packing materials from inside of
the cassette.
• Remove the power cord and the developer
bottle.
Pull out the cassette.
2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION 18 - 4 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP.
Set the paper for each cassette.
Insert the cassette gently.
Open the front cover.
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP. 18 - 5 2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION
Remove the packing screws.
Open the upper unit.
• Remove the pressure release bracket (2 pcs.)
from the fuser unit.
• Remove the toner cartridge (only for AUD,
TWD, SAD, ASD).
2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION 18 - 6 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP.
Remove the process unit.
• Remove the screw and connector, then the
process unit.
• Place the process unit on a flat surface. Raise
the lever located on each side of the process
unit in the direction of the arrow.
• Remove the developer unit from the process
unit.
Note: If the photoconductor is exposed to fluores-
cent light or external light for long time, it
may suffer from light-caused fatigue. So, be
sure to cover the process unit with, for ex-
ample, a suitable cloth.
• Remove the top cover of the developer unit.
• Remove the protection mylar sheet for the sepa-
ration claw from the cleaner unit.
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP. 18 - 7 2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION
Reinstall the top cover.
Be sure to install the top cover firmly.
After placing the developer unit in the process unit,
move down the lever on each side to fix the devel-
oper unit.
Pour in the developer material.
Note: Before pouring in the developer material,
be sure to shake the developer bottle fully.
By rotating the magnetic roller, check to make sure
that the developer material is transported properly.
2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION 18 - 8 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP.
Reinstall the process unit into the machine.
Reinstall the screw and connector.
• Connect the power cable to the outlet.
• Install the operator’s manual pocket.
• Be careful not to catch your fingers between
the two units when the upper unit is pressed
down.
Close the upper unit and the front cover.
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP. 18 - 9 2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION
Turn on the copier main switch.
<Adjustment procedure>
Automatic adjustment of the auto-toner sensor
(1) When the power switch is turned on, the auto-
toner sensor is automatically adjusted by the
following procedure.
(2) “UA” is shown on the copy quantity display.
The automatic adjustment of the auto-toner
sensor starts.
(3) The machine starts its operation. The output
value of the toner sensor is shown on the dis-
play and changes quickly.
(4) About 2 minutes and 30 seconds later, the
value on the display stabilizes at 230~250.
(5) About 30 seconds later, the automatic adjust-
ment of the auto-toner sensor is complete and
“UA” is shown on the copy quantity display.
Also, the ADD TONER symbol is dis-
played.
• If the adjustment has finished abnormally,
the machine stops its operation and displays
the CALL SERVICE symbol. Then, for
the subsequent adjustment of the auto-toner
sensor, follow the procedure described in the
Service Manual.
2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION 18 - 10 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP.
Shake the new toner cartridge to the right and to
the left 5 or 6 times to loosen the toner inside.
<Procedure for installing the toner cartridge>
Open the front cover.
Pull to remove the seal from the new toner car-
tridge.
• Do not shake the toner cartridge after remov-
ing the seal (the toner may spill).
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP. 18 - 11 2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION
Close the front cover.
Install the new toner cartridge in the machine.
• Push the toner cartridge fully in until it is locked
securely.
• Install the 3 plastic covers to the outer covers.
• The copy receiving tray should be installed in
the slots in the exit cover.
2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION 18 - 12 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP.
Put the original on the glass.
<Final Check>
Making copies from the cassette and the bypass,
check the following.
• Paper feeding from the cassette is correct.
• Paper feeding from the bypass feed guide is
correct.
• Automatic duplexer operation is correct (if ADU
is installed).
• Light distribution is correct.
• Fixing and cleaning are correct.
• Exposure level is correct.
• Control panel displays and key operation are
correct.
* Basic operations
* Special features
– Automatic paper selection (APS), Automatic
magnification selection (AMS)
– Duplex mode (if ADU is installed)
– Enlarging and reducing modes
– Interrupting mode
– Dual-page copying
– Edge erase copying
– User set
– Image shifting
– Copy-mode memory
Note: The packing material should be disposed
of properly.
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP. 18 - 13 2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION
18.2 Automatic Duplexing Unit (ADU) MD-5002
• The unpacking and setup procedure should be
done by a qualified person.
2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION 18 - 14 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP.
<Unpacking procedure>
Open the carton box.
When performing the installation, turn off the main
switch of the copier and unplug the power cable
from the outlet.
Take out the ADU.
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP. 18 - 15 2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION
Remove the accessory packages and other pack-
ing materials. The accessory packages contain the
following parts.
1 Automatic Duplexing Unit (ADU).. 1 pc. 172 Vertical transport guide.............1 pc. 14
3 PAN screw .............................. 2 pcs. 144 Drawer stopper ......................... 1 pc. 185 TBID screw ............................... 1 pc. 18
6 Exit unit handle ......................... 1 pc. 137 TBID screw ............................... 1 pc. 138 ADU indicating seal (only for JAPAN) ...... 1pc. 22
Remove the 2 brackets (1 screw each) which fix
the open guide.
<Installation procedure>
Open the copier front cover.
2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION 18 - 16 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP.
Remove the front cover.
Lift up the copier upper unit to open it.
Remove the 2 brackets (1 screw each) fixing the
exit unit.
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP. 18 - 17 2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION
Remove the vertical transport guide and accessory
parts from the accessory package.
Remove the exit unit.
Remove the following parts from the accessory
package.
PAN screw .................................... 2 pcs. 14Drawer stopper ............................... 1 pc. 18TBID screw ..................................... 1 pc. 18
EXIT unit handle ............................. 1 pc. 13TBID screw ..................................... 1 pc. 13ADU indicating seal (only for Japan) .... 1 pc. 22
2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION 18 - 18 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP.
Install the exit unit opening/closing handle 13and the vertical transport guide 14 to the exit
unit using the accessory screws (TBID M4X14 1pc.,
PAN M3X6 2pcs.).
Install the exit unit as follows.
• Put the projection part under the rear exit unit
side into the original hole.
• Fix the rear unit side only with the fixing bracket.
• Close the exit unit pushing the opening/closing
handle. (Check that the magnetic catch sticks.)
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP. 18 - 19 2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION
Close the copier upper unit.
Install the ADU to the copier upper feeding slot.
Install the drawer stopper as follows.
• Stop the ADU when it is half put in place.
• Install the drawer stopper (1 screw, TBID
M4X10) to the exit side bracket of the copier.
• Be careful not to catch your fingers between
the two units when the upper unit is pressed
down.
2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION 18 - 20 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP.
Push in the ADU until it stops after the stopper has
been installed.
Install the front cover.
Close the front cover.
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP. 18 - 21 2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION
Stick the ADU indication seal (only for Japan).
2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION 18 - 22 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP.
18.3 Paper Feed Unit MY-1006
• The unpacking and set-up procedure should
be done by a qualified person.
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP. 18 - 23 2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION
Remove the contents from the box.
Open the carton box.
Unplug the power cable from the outlet.
2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION 18 - 24 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP.
• Open the front cover.
• Lift up the upper unit.
(If the MY-1006 is installed to the copier.)
Remove all the cassettes.
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP. 18 - 25 2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION
Remove the slot cover (2 screws) from the corre-
sponding slot.
Remove the connector cover for the correspond-
ing slot.
Remove the 2 screws for the lower slot of the PFP.
Open the right side cover.
2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION 18 - 26 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP.
Install the switch for the corresponding slot (2
screws).
Remove the paper feed unit from the package.
Install the paper feed unit (2 screws).
Connect the connector.
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP. 18 - 27 2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION
Install the connector of the paper feed side.
Install the connector cover to the original position.
Install the size plate to the cassette.
Install the cassette.
2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION 18 - 28 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP.
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP. 18 - 29 2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION
18.4 Installation of Red Filter (Service Part)(This filter improves the reproduction of red originals.)
Feed side
Lens Red filter
Bracket projection
<Procedure>
(1) Remove the original glass, optical cover and
lens cover.
(2) Set the red filter on the lens unit bracket at
the feed side. Lens unit bracket
Red filter
Lens bracket
2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION 18 - 30 Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP.
18.5 Key Copy Counter MU-8/MU-10To install the key copy counter, the following parts are required:
• MU-10 Counter socket• MU- 8 Key copy counter
Counter socket• MU-10
Key copy counter• MU-8
(1) Remove the upper feed cover.
Cut the window for the counter.
(2) Remove the blind plate (1 screw) for the 200V
machine.
(3) Pull out the harness connector from the open-
ing in the machine frame.
Disconnect the short connector from the har-
ness.
Note: Remove the rear cover if the harness con-
nector is in the back etc.
Screw holes for the socket
Harness connector
Blind plate
Dec. 1996 © TOSHIBA CORP. 18 - 31 2060, 2860/70 INSTALLATION
(4) Insert the socket connector into the harness
connector.
(5) Install the counter socket to the frame (2 M3
screws).
(6) Reinstall the upper feed cover.
(7) Insert the key copy counter with its arrow mark
facing up as shown.
Socketconnector Harness connector
Screws(M3)